LLVM 22.0.0git
TargetLowering.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===- llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h - Target Lowering Info -----*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8///
9/// \file
10/// This file describes how to lower LLVM code to machine code. This has two
11/// main components:
12///
13/// 1. Which ValueTypes are natively supported by the target.
14/// 2. Which operations are supported for supported ValueTypes.
15/// 3. Cost thresholds for alternative implementations of certain operations.
16///
17/// In addition it has a few other components, like information about FP
18/// immediates.
19///
20//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
21
22#ifndef LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
23#define LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
24
25#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
26#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
27#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
41#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
45#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
46#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
47#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
50#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
57#include <algorithm>
58#include <cassert>
59#include <climits>
60#include <cstdint>
61#include <map>
62#include <string>
63#include <utility>
64#include <vector>
65
66namespace llvm {
67
68class AssumptionCache;
69class CCState;
70class CCValAssign;
73class Constant;
74class FastISel;
76class GlobalValue;
77class Loop;
79class IntrinsicInst;
80class IRBuilderBase;
81struct KnownBits;
82class LLVMContext;
84class MachineFunction;
85class MachineInstr;
87class MachineLoop;
89class MCContext;
90class MCExpr;
91class Module;
94class TargetMachine;
98class Value;
99class VPIntrinsic;
100
101namespace Sched {
102
104 None, // No preference
105 Source, // Follow source order.
106 RegPressure, // Scheduling for lowest register pressure.
107 Hybrid, // Scheduling for both latency and register pressure.
108 ILP, // Scheduling for ILP in low register pressure mode.
109 VLIW, // Scheduling for VLIW targets.
110 Fast, // Fast suboptimal list scheduling
111 Linearize, // Linearize DAG, no scheduling
112 Last = Linearize // Marker for the last Sched::Preference
113};
114
115} // end namespace Sched
116
117// MemOp models a memory operation, either memset or memcpy/memmove.
118struct MemOp {
119private:
120 // Shared
121 uint64_t Size;
122 bool DstAlignCanChange; // true if destination alignment can satisfy any
123 // constraint.
124 Align DstAlign; // Specified alignment of the memory operation.
125
126 bool AllowOverlap;
127 // memset only
128 bool IsMemset; // If setthis memory operation is a memset.
129 bool ZeroMemset; // If set clears out memory with zeros.
130 // memcpy only
131 bool MemcpyStrSrc; // Indicates whether the memcpy source is an in-register
132 // constant so it does not need to be loaded.
133 Align SrcAlign; // Inferred alignment of the source or default value if the
134 // memory operation does not need to load the value.
135public:
136 static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
137 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile,
138 bool MemcpyStrSrc = false) {
139 MemOp Op;
140 Op.Size = Size;
141 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
142 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
143 Op.AllowOverlap = !IsVolatile;
144 Op.IsMemset = false;
145 Op.ZeroMemset = false;
146 Op.MemcpyStrSrc = MemcpyStrSrc;
147 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
148 return Op;
149 }
150
151 static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
152 bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile) {
153 MemOp Op;
154 Op.Size = Size;
155 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
156 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
157 Op.AllowOverlap = !IsVolatile;
158 Op.IsMemset = true;
159 Op.ZeroMemset = IsZeroMemset;
160 Op.MemcpyStrSrc = false;
161 return Op;
162 }
163
164 uint64_t size() const { return Size; }
166 assert(!DstAlignCanChange);
167 return DstAlign;
168 }
169 bool isFixedDstAlign() const { return !DstAlignCanChange; }
170 bool allowOverlap() const { return AllowOverlap; }
171 bool isMemset() const { return IsMemset; }
172 bool isMemcpy() const { return !IsMemset; }
174 return isMemcpy() && !DstAlignCanChange;
175 }
176 bool isZeroMemset() const { return isMemset() && ZeroMemset; }
177 bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const {
178 assert(isMemcpy() && "Must be a memcpy");
179 return MemcpyStrSrc;
180 }
182 assert(isMemcpy() && "Must be a memcpy");
183 return SrcAlign;
184 }
185 bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
186 return isMemset() || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, SrcAlign.value());
187 }
188 bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
189 return DstAlignCanChange || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, DstAlign.value());
190 }
191 bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
192 return isSrcAligned(AlignCheck) && isDstAligned(AlignCheck);
193 }
194};
195
196/// This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent
197/// parts that can be used from the rest of CodeGen.
199public:
200 /// This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not,
201 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
203 Legal, // The target natively supports this operation.
204 Promote, // This operation should be executed in a larger type.
205 Expand, // Try to expand this to other ops, otherwise use a libcall.
206 LibCall, // Don't try to expand this to other ops, always use a libcall.
207 Custom // Use the LowerOperation hook to implement custom lowering.
208 };
209
210 /// This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not,
211 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
213 TypeLegal, // The target natively supports this type.
214 TypePromoteInteger, // Replace this integer with a larger one.
215 TypeExpandInteger, // Split this integer into two of half the size.
216 TypeSoftenFloat, // Convert this float to a same size integer type.
217 TypeExpandFloat, // Split this float into two of half the size.
218 TypeScalarizeVector, // Replace this one-element vector with its element.
219 TypeSplitVector, // Split this vector into two of half the size.
220 TypeWidenVector, // This vector should be widened into a larger vector.
221 TypePromoteFloat, // Replace this float with a larger one.
222 TypeSoftPromoteHalf, // Soften half to i16 and use float to do arithmetic.
223 TypeScalarizeScalableVector, // This action is explicitly left unimplemented.
224 // While it is theoretically possible to
225 // legalize operations on scalable types with a
226 // loop that handles the vscale * #lanes of the
227 // vector, this is non-trivial at SelectionDAG
228 // level and these types are better to be
229 // widened or promoted.
230 };
231
232 /// LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT
233 /// in order to type-legalize it.
234 using LegalizeKind = std::pair<LegalizeTypeAction, EVT>;
235
236 /// Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
238 UndefinedBooleanContent, // Only bit 0 counts, the rest can hold garbage.
239 ZeroOrOneBooleanContent, // All bits zero except for bit 0.
240 ZeroOrNegativeOneBooleanContent // All bits equal to bit 0.
241 };
242
243 /// Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
245 ScalarValSelect, // The target supports scalar selects (ex: cmov).
246 ScalarCondVectorVal, // The target supports selects with a scalar condition
247 // and vector values (ex: cmov).
248 VectorMaskSelect // The target supports vector selects with a vector
249 // mask (ex: x86 blends).
250 };
251
252 /// Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded
253 /// to, if at all. Exists because different targets have different levels of
254 /// support for these atomic instructions, and also have different options
255 /// w.r.t. what they should expand to.
257 None, // Don't expand the instruction.
258 CastToInteger, // Cast the atomic instruction to another type, e.g. from
259 // floating-point to integer type.
260 LLSC, // Expand the instruction into loadlinked/storeconditional; used
261 // by ARM/AArch64/PowerPC.
262 LLOnly, // Expand the (load) instruction into just a load-linked, which has
263 // greater atomic guarantees than a normal load.
264 CmpXChg, // Expand the instruction into cmpxchg; used by at least X86.
265 MaskedIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for the LL/SC loop.
266 BitTestIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special bit
267 // operations; used by X86.
268 CmpArithIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special compare
269 // operations; used by X86.
270 Expand, // Generic expansion in terms of other atomic operations.
271 CustomExpand, // Custom target-specific expansion using TLI hooks.
272
273 // Rewrite to a non-atomic form for use in a known non-preemptible
274 // environment.
276 };
277
278 /// Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
279 enum class MulExpansionKind {
280 Always, // Always expand the instruction.
281 OnlyLegalOrCustom, // Only expand when the resulting instructions are legal
282 // or custom.
283 };
284
285 /// Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
286 enum class NegatibleCost {
287 Cheaper = 0, // Negated expression is cheaper.
288 Neutral = 1, // Negated expression has the same cost.
289 Expensive = 2 // Negated expression is more expensive.
290 };
291
292 /// Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...),
293 /// (setcc ...)).
295 None = 0, // No fold is preferable.
296 AddAnd = 1, // Fold with `Add` op and `And` op is preferable.
297 NotAnd = 2, // Fold with `Not` op and `And` op is preferable.
298 ABS = 4, // Fold with `llvm.abs` op is preferable.
299 };
300
302 public:
305 /// Original unlegalized argument type.
307 /// Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
309 bool IsSExt : 1;
310 bool IsZExt : 1;
311 bool IsNoExt : 1;
312 bool IsInReg : 1;
313 bool IsSRet : 1;
314 bool IsNest : 1;
315 bool IsByVal : 1;
316 bool IsByRef : 1;
317 bool IsInAlloca : 1;
319 bool IsReturned : 1;
320 bool IsSwiftSelf : 1;
321 bool IsSwiftAsync : 1;
322 bool IsSwiftError : 1;
324 MaybeAlign Alignment = std::nullopt;
325 Type *IndirectType = nullptr;
326
333
336
338
339 LLVM_ABI void setAttributes(const CallBase *Call, unsigned ArgIdx);
340 };
341 using ArgListTy = std::vector<ArgListEntry>;
342
344 switch (Content) {
346 // Extend by adding rubbish bits.
347 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
349 // Extend by adding zero bits.
350 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
352 // Extend by copying the sign bit.
353 return ISD::SIGN_EXTEND;
354 }
355 llvm_unreachable("Invalid content kind");
356 }
357
358 explicit TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM,
359 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
363
364 /// Return true if the target support strict float operation
365 bool isStrictFPEnabled() const {
366 return IsStrictFPEnabled;
367 }
368
369protected:
370 /// Initialize all of the actions to default values.
371 void initActions();
372
373public:
374 const TargetMachine &getTargetMachine() const { return TM; }
375
376 virtual bool useSoftFloat() const { return false; }
377
378 /// Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
379 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
380 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
381 virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
382 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
383 }
384
385 /// Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
386 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
387 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
388 virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
389 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
390 }
391
392 /// Return the type for frame index, which is determined by
393 /// the alloca address space specified through the data layout.
395 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getAllocaAddrSpace());
396 }
397
398 /// Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program
399 /// address space specified through the data layout.
401 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getProgramAddressSpace());
402 }
403
404 /// Return the type for operands of fence.
405 /// TODO: Let fence operands be of i32 type and remove this.
406 virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
407 return getPointerTy(DL);
408 }
409
410 /// Return the type to use for a scalar shift opcode, given the shifted amount
411 /// type. Targets should return a legal type if the input type is legal.
412 /// Targets can return a type that is too small if the input type is illegal.
413 virtual MVT getScalarShiftAmountTy(const DataLayout &, EVT) const;
414
415 /// Returns the type for the shift amount of a shift opcode. For vectors,
416 /// returns the input type. For scalars, calls getScalarShiftAmountTy.
417 /// If getScalarShiftAmountTy type cannot represent all possible shift
418 /// amounts, returns MVT::i32.
419 EVT getShiftAmountTy(EVT LHSTy, const DataLayout &DL) const;
420
421 /// Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted
422 /// amount type is \p ShiftValueTy.
424 virtual LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const {
425 return ShiftValueTy;
426 }
427
428 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations. By
429 /// default we assume it will have the same size as an address space 0
430 /// pointer.
431 virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const {
432 return DL.getPointerSizeInBits(0);
433 }
434
435 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
436 /// ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
437 /// ISD::INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and ISD::EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
441
442 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
443 /// G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
444 /// G_INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and G_EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
447 }
448
449 /// Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes:
450 /// ISD::VP_ADD, ISD::VP_SUB, etc. It must be a legal scalar integer type,
451 /// and must be at least as large as i32. The EVL is implicitly zero-extended
452 /// to any larger type.
453 virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const { return MVT::i32; }
454
455 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add
456 /// target-specific MachineMemOperand flags to them. The default
457 /// implementation does nothing.
461
462 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
463 /// The default implementation does nothing.
468
470 getLoadMemOperandFlags(const LoadInst &LI, const DataLayout &DL,
471 AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr,
472 const TargetLibraryInfo *LibInfo = nullptr) const;
473 MachineMemOperand::Flags getStoreMemOperandFlags(const StoreInst &SI,
474 const DataLayout &DL) const;
475 MachineMemOperand::Flags getAtomicMemOperandFlags(const Instruction &AI,
476 const DataLayout &DL) const;
478 getVPIntrinsicMemOperandFlags(const VPIntrinsic &VPIntrin) const;
479
480 virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind /*kind*/) const {
481 return true;
482 }
483
484 /// Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded
485 /// using generic code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
486 virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const {
487 return true;
488 }
489
490 virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF,
491 bool IsScalable) const {
492 return true;
493 }
494
495 /// Return true if the @llvm.experimental.cttz.elts intrinsic should be
496 /// expanded using generic code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
497 virtual bool shouldExpandCttzElements(EVT VT) const { return true; }
498
499 /// Return the minimum number of bits required to hold the maximum possible
500 /// number of trailing zero vector elements.
501 unsigned getBitWidthForCttzElements(Type *RetTy, ElementCount EC,
502 bool ZeroIsPoison,
503 const ConstantRange *VScaleRange) const;
504
505 /// Return true if the @llvm.experimental.vector.match intrinsic should be
506 /// expanded for vector type `VT' and search size `SearchSize' using generic
507 /// code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
508 virtual bool shouldExpandVectorMatch(EVT VT, unsigned SearchSize) const {
509 return true;
510 }
511
512 // Return true if op(vecreduce(x), vecreduce(y)) should be reassociated to
513 // vecreduce(op(x, y)) for the reduction opcode RedOpc.
514 virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const {
515 return true;
516 }
517
518 /// Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into
519 /// a constant pool load whose address depends on the select condition. The
520 /// parameter may be used to differentiate a select with FP compare from
521 /// integer compare.
522 virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const {
523 return true;
524 }
525
526 /// Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that
527 /// can be used to store the results of comparisons for use by selects
528 /// and conditional branches. With multiple condition registers, the code
529 /// generator will not aggressively sink comparisons into the blocks of their
530 /// users.
531 virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const { return false; }
532
533 /// Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
534 bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const { return HasExtractBitsInsn; }
535
536 /// Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
539 // The default action for one element vectors is to scalarize
541 return TypeScalarizeVector;
542 // The default action for an odd-width vector is to widen.
543 if (!VT.isPow2VectorType())
544 return TypeWidenVector;
545 // The default action for other vectors is to promote
546 return TypePromoteInteger;
547 }
548
549 /// Warning: this option is problem-prone and tends to introduce
550 /// float miscompilations:
551 ///
552 /// - https://github.com/llvm/llvm-project/issues/97975
553 /// - https://github.com/llvm/llvm-project/issues/97981
554 ///
555 /// It should not be overridden to `false` except for special cases.
556 ///
557 /// Return true if the half type should be promoted using soft promotion rules
558 /// where each operation is promoted to f32 individually, then converted to
559 /// fp16. The default behavior is to promote chains of operations, keeping
560 /// intermediate results in f32 precision and range.
561 virtual bool softPromoteHalfType() const { return true; }
562
563 // Return true if, for soft-promoted half, the half type should be passed to
564 // and returned from functions as f32. The default behavior is to pass as
565 // i16. If soft-promoted half is not used, this function is ignored and
566 // values are always passed and returned as f32.
567 virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const { return false; }
568
569 // There are two general methods for expanding a BUILD_VECTOR node:
570 // 1. Use SCALAR_TO_VECTOR on the defined scalar values and then shuffle
571 // them together.
572 // 2. Build the vector on the stack and then load it.
573 // If this function returns true, then method (1) will be used, subject to
574 // the constraint that all of the necessary shuffles are legal (as determined
575 // by isShuffleMaskLegal). If this function returns false, then method (2) is
576 // always used. The vector type, and the number of defined values, are
577 // provided.
578 virtual bool
580 unsigned DefinedValues) const {
581 return DefinedValues < 3;
582 }
583
584 /// Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of
585 /// several shifts, adds, and multiplies for this target.
586 /// The definition of "cheaper" may depend on whether we're optimizing
587 /// for speed or for size.
588 virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const { return false; }
589
590 /// Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
591 virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const {
592 return true;
593 }
594
595 /// Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
596 virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
597 // Default behavior is to replace SQRT(X) with X*RSQRT(X).
598 return false;
599 }
600
601 /// Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
606 };
607
608 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a square root of the given type
609 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
610 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
611 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
612 int getRecipEstimateSqrtEnabled(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
613
614 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a division of the given type
615 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
616 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
617 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
618 int getRecipEstimateDivEnabled(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
619
620 /// Return the refinement step count for a square root of the given type based
621 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
622 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
623 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
624 int getSqrtRefinementSteps(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
625
626 /// Return the refinement step count for a division of the given type based
627 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
628 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
629 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
630 int getDivRefinementSteps(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
631
632 /// Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
633 bool isSlowDivBypassed() const { return !BypassSlowDivWidths.empty(); }
634
635 /// Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding
636 /// fast types
638 return BypassSlowDivWidths;
639 }
640
641 /// Return true only if vscale must be a power of two.
642 virtual bool isVScaleKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo() const { return false; }
643
644 /// Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be
645 /// avoided.
646 bool isJumpExpensive() const { return JumpIsExpensive; }
647
648 // Costs parameters used by
649 // SelectionDAGBuilder::shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether.
650 // shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether will use these parameter value to
651 // determine if two conditions in the form `br (and/or cond1, cond2)` should
652 // be split into two branches or left as one.
653 //
654 // BaseCost is the cost threshold (in latency). If the estimated latency of
655 // computing both `cond1` and `cond2` is below the cost of just computing
656 // `cond1` + BaseCost, the two conditions will be kept together. Otherwise
657 // they will be split.
658 //
659 // LikelyBias increases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that it
660 // is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
661 //
662 // UnlikelyBias decreases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that
663 // it is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
664 //
665 // Set any field to -1 to make it ignored (setting BaseCost to -1 results in
666 // `shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether` always returning false).
672 // Return params for deciding if we should keep two branch conditions merged
673 // or split them into two separate branches.
674 // Arg0: The binary op joining the two conditions (and/or).
675 // Arg1: The first condition (cond1)
676 // Arg2: The second condition (cond2)
677 virtual CondMergingParams
679 const Value *) const {
680 // -1 will always result in splitting.
681 return {-1, -1, -1};
682 }
683
684 /// Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is
685 /// unlikely to be predicted right.
689
690 virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const {
691 return false;
692 }
693
694 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
695 /// fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x)
696 /// On architectures that don't natively support some vector loads
697 /// efficiently, casting the load to a smaller vector of larger types and
698 /// loading is more efficient, however, this can be undone by optimizations in
699 /// dag combiner.
700 virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT,
701 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
702 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const;
703
704 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
705 /// (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x, (x*))
706 virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT,
707 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
708 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const {
709 // Default to the same logic as loads.
710 return isLoadBitCastBeneficial(StoreVT, BitcastVT, DAG, MMO);
711 }
712
713 /// Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector
714 /// constant with the given size and type for the address space than to
715 /// store the individual scalar element constants.
716 virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT,
717 unsigned NumElem,
718 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
719 return IsZero;
720 }
721
722 /// Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition
723 /// to before legalization. This may transform stores that do not exist
724 /// earlier (for example, stores created from intrinsics).
725 virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const {
726 return true;
727 }
728
729 /// Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
730 virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT,
731 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
732 return true;
733 }
734
735 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
736 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const {
737 return false;
738 }
739
740 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
741 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const {
742 return false;
743 }
744
745 /// Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
746 virtual bool isCtlzFast() const {
747 return false;
748 }
749
750 /// Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
751 virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const {
752 return isOperationLegal(ISD::CTPOP, VT);
753 }
754
755 /// Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done
756 /// instead of deferring to a custom CTPOP.
757 virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const {
758 return 1;
759 }
760
761 /// Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded
762 /// with instruction generated for signed comparison.
763 virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const { return true; }
764
765 /// Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code
766 /// gen prepare.
767 virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const { return false; }
768
769 /// Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val
770 /// from a pair of smaller values into multiple stores.
771 virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const {
772 return false;
773 }
774
775 /// Return if the target supports combining a
776 /// chain like:
777 /// \code
778 /// %andResult = and %val1, #mask
779 /// %icmpResult = icmp %andResult, 0
780 /// \endcode
781 /// into a single machine instruction of a form like:
782 /// \code
783 /// cc = test %register, #mask
784 /// \endcode
785 virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const {
786 return false;
787 }
788
789 /// Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
790 virtual bool
792 const MemSDNode &NodeY) const {
793 return true;
794 }
795
796 /// Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient. For example:
797 /// and (seteq A, B), (seteq C, D) --> seteq (or (xor A, B), (xor C, D)), 0
798 /// This should be true when it takes more than one instruction to lower
799 /// setcc (cmp+set on x86 scalar), when bitwise ops are faster than logic on
800 /// condition bits (crand on PowerPC), and/or when reducing cmp+br is a win.
801 virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const {
802 return false;
803 }
804
805 /// Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare
806 /// integer values of the given size. Assume that any legal integer type can
807 /// be compared efficiently. Targets may override this to allow illegal wide
808 /// types to return a vector type if there is support to compare that type.
809 virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const {
810 MVT VT = MVT::getIntegerVT(NumBits);
812 }
813
814 /// Return true if the target should transform:
815 /// (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0
816 /// (X & Y) != Y ---> (~X & Y) != 0
817 ///
818 /// This may be profitable if the target has a bitwise and-not operation that
819 /// sets comparison flags. A target may want to limit the transformation based
820 /// on the type of Y or if Y is a constant.
821 ///
822 /// Note that the transform will not occur if Y is known to be a power-of-2
823 /// because a mask and compare of a single bit can be handled by inverting the
824 /// predicate, for example:
825 /// (X & 8) == 8 ---> (X & 8) != 0
826 virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const {
827 return false;
828 }
829
830 /// Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation:
831 /// X = ~A & B
832 /// This can be used to simplify select or other instructions.
833 virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const {
834 // If the target has the more complex version of this operation, assume that
835 // it has this operation too.
836 return hasAndNotCompare(X);
837 }
838
839 /// Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction:
840 /// (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0
841 /// This knowledge can be used to prevent breaking the pattern,
842 /// or creating it if it could be recognized.
843 virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const { return false; }
844
845 /// There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high):
846 /// Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine canonical form)
847 /// Shifts: x >> y << y
848 /// Return true if the variant with 2 variable shifts is preferred.
849 /// Return false if there is no preference.
851 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
852 return false;
853 }
854
855 /// Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
856 /// This is usually true on most targets. But some targets, like Thumb1,
857 /// have immediate shift instructions, but no immediate "and" instruction;
858 /// this makes the fold unprofitable.
859 virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const {
860 return true;
861 }
862
863 /// Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation
864 /// down into KeptBits would be truncating or not:
865 /// (add %x, (1 << (KeptBits-1))) srccond (1 << KeptBits)
866 /// Into it's more traditional form:
867 /// ((%x << C) a>> C) dstcond %x
868 /// Return true if we should transform.
869 /// Return false if there is no preference.
871 unsigned KeptBits) const {
872 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
873 return false;
874 }
875
876 /// Given the pattern
877 /// (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0
878 /// return true if it should be transformed into:
879 /// ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
880 /// WARNING: if 'X' is a constant, the fold may deadlock!
881 /// FIXME: we could avoid passing XC, but we can't use isConstOrConstSplat()
882 /// here because it can end up being not linked in.
885 unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode,
886 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
887 if (hasBitTest(X, Y)) {
888 // One interesting pattern that we'd want to form is 'bit test':
889 // ((1 << Y) & C) ==/!= 0
890 // But we also need to be careful not to try to reverse that fold.
891
892 // Is this '1 << Y' ?
893 if (OldShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && CC->isOne())
894 return false; // Keep the 'bit test' pattern.
895
896 // Will it be '1 << Y' after the transform ?
897 if (XC && NewShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && XC->isOne())
898 return true; // Do form the 'bit test' pattern.
899 }
900
901 // If 'X' is a constant, and we transform, then we will immediately
902 // try to undo the fold, thus causing endless combine loop.
903 // So by default, let's assume everyone prefers the fold
904 // iff 'X' is not a constant.
905 return !XC;
906 }
907
908 // Return true if its desirable to perform the following transform:
909 // (fmul C, (uitofp Pow2))
910 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (add (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
911 // (fdiv C, (uitofp Pow2))
912 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (sub (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
913 //
914 // This is only queried after we have verified the transform will be bitwise
915 // equals.
916 //
917 // SDNode *N : The FDiv/FMul node we want to transform.
918 // SDValue FPConst: The Float constant operand in `N`.
919 // SDValue IntPow2: The Integer power of 2 operand in `N`.
921 SDValue IntPow2) const {
922 // Default to avoiding fdiv which is often very expensive.
923 return N->getOpcode() == ISD::FDIV;
924 }
925
926 // Given:
927 // (icmp eq/ne (and X, C0), (shift X, C1))
928 // or
929 // (icmp eq/ne X, (rotate X, CPow2))
930
931 // If C0 is a mask or shifted mask and the shift amt (C1) isolates the
932 // remaining bits (i.e something like `(x64 & UINT32_MAX) == (x64 >> 32)`)
933 // Do we prefer the shift to be shift-right, shift-left, or rotate.
934 // Note: Its only valid to convert the rotate version to the shift version iff
935 // the shift-amt (`C1`) is a power of 2 (including 0).
936 // If ShiftOpc (current Opcode) is returned, do nothing.
938 EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate,
939 const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt,
940 const std::optional<APInt> &AndMask) const {
941 return ShiftOpc;
942 }
943
944 /// These two forms are equivalent:
945 /// sub %y, (xor %x, -1)
946 /// add (add %x, 1), %y
947 /// The variant with two add's is IR-canonical.
948 /// Some targets may prefer one to the other.
949 virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const {
950 // By default, let's assume that everyone prefers the form with two add's.
951 return true;
952 }
953
954 // By default prefer folding (abs (sub nsw x, y)) -> abds(x, y). Some targets
955 // may want to avoid this to prevent loss of sub_nsw pattern.
956 virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const {
957 return true;
958 }
959
960 // Return true if the target wants to transform Op(Splat(X)) -> Splat(Op(X))
961 virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const { return true; }
962
963 // Return true if the target wants to transform:
964 // (TruncVT truncate(sext_in_reg(VT X, ExtVT))
965 // -> (TruncVT sext_in_reg(truncate(VT X), ExtVT))
966 // Some targets might prefer pre-sextinreg to improve truncation/saturation.
967 virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const {
968 return true;
969 }
970
971 /// Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that
972 /// turns ext(promotableInst1(...(promotableInstN(load)))) into
973 /// promotedInst1(...(promotedInstN(ext(load)))).
975
976 /// Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,
977 /// Idx).
978 /// \p Cost[out] gives the cost of that transformation when this is true.
979 virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx,
980 unsigned &Cost) const {
981 return false;
982 }
983
984 /// Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store
985 /// given that the vector is known to be splat of constant.
986 /// \p Index[out] gives the index of the vector element to be extracted when
987 /// this is true.
989 Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const {
990 return false;
991 }
992
993 /// Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef
994 /// vector is more efficiently handled by splatting the scalar instead.
995 virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const {
996 return false;
997 }
998
999 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1000 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1001 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1002 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const { return false; }
1003
1004 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1005 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1006 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1007 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const { return false; }
1008
1009 /// Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
1010 virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context,
1011 EVT VT) const;
1012
1013 /// Return the ValueType for comparison libcalls. Comparison libcalls include
1014 /// floating point comparison calls, and Ordered/Unordered check calls on
1015 /// floating point numbers.
1016 virtual
1017 MVT::SimpleValueType getCmpLibcallReturnType() const;
1018
1019 /// For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits
1020 /// of boolean values held in types wider than i1.
1021 ///
1022 /// "Boolean values" are special true/false values produced by nodes like
1023 /// SETCC and consumed (as the condition) by nodes like SELECT and BRCOND.
1024 /// Not to be confused with general values promoted from i1. Some cpus
1025 /// distinguish between vectors of boolean and scalars; the isVec parameter
1026 /// selects between the two kinds. For example on X86 a scalar boolean should
1027 /// be zero extended from i1, while the elements of a vector of booleans
1028 /// should be sign extended from i1.
1029 ///
1030 /// Some cpus also treat floating point types the same way as they treat
1031 /// vectors instead of the way they treat scalars.
1032 BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const {
1033 if (isVec)
1034 return BooleanVectorContents;
1035 return isFloat ? BooleanFloatContents : BooleanContents;
1036 }
1037
1039 return getBooleanContents(Type.isVector(), Type.isFloatingPoint());
1040 }
1041
1042 /// Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
1043 /// A target boolean is an integer value, not necessarily of type i1, the bits
1044 /// of which conform to getBooleanContents.
1045 ///
1046 /// ValVT is the type of values that produced the boolean.
1048 EVT ValVT) const {
1049 SDLoc dl(Bool);
1050 EVT BoolVT =
1051 getSetCCResultType(DAG.getDataLayout(), *DAG.getContext(), ValVT);
1053 return DAG.getNode(ExtendCode, dl, BoolVT, Bool);
1054 }
1055
1056 /// Return target scheduling preference.
1058 return SchedPreferenceInfo;
1059 }
1060
1061 /// Some scheduler, e.g. hybrid, can switch to different scheduling heuristics
1062 /// for different nodes. This function returns the preference (or none) for
1063 /// the given node.
1065 return Sched::None;
1066 }
1067
1068 /// Return the register class that should be used for the specified value
1069 /// type.
1070 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent = false) const {
1071 (void)isDivergent;
1072 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1073 assert(RC && "This value type is not natively supported!");
1074 return RC;
1075 }
1076
1077 /// Allows target to decide about the register class of the
1078 /// specific value that is live outside the defining block.
1079 /// Returns true if the value needs uniform register class.
1081 const Value *) const {
1082 return false;
1083 }
1084
1085 /// Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value
1086 /// type.
1087 ///
1088 /// The 'representative' register class is the largest legal super-reg
1089 /// register class for the register class of the value type. For example, on
1090 /// i386 the rep register class for i8, i16, and i32 are GR32; while the rep
1091 /// register class is GR64 on x86_64.
1092 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const {
1093 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RepRegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1094 return RC;
1095 }
1096
1097 /// Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified
1098 /// value type.
1100 return RepRegClassCostForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1101 }
1102
1103 /// Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with
1104 /// \p ExpansionFactor being the recursion depth - how many expansion needed.
1110 virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy
1112 unsigned ExpansionFactor) const {
1113 if (ExpansionFactor == 1)
1116 }
1117
1118 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
1119 /// This means that it has a register that directly holds it without
1120 /// promotions or expansions.
1121 bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const {
1122 assert(!VT.isSimple() ||
1123 (unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
1124 return VT.isSimple() && RegClassForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy] != nullptr;
1125 }
1126
1128 /// ValueTypeActions - For each value type, keep a LegalizeTypeAction enum
1129 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the type.
1130 LegalizeTypeAction ValueTypeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
1131
1132 public:
1133 ValueTypeActionImpl() { llvm::fill(ValueTypeActions, TypeLegal); }
1134
1136 return ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy];
1137 }
1138
1140 ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy] = Action;
1141 }
1142 };
1143
1145 return ValueTypeActions;
1146 }
1147
1148 /// Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to
1149 /// happen to EVT (second) in order to type-legalize it.
1150 ///
1151 /// First: how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1152 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1153 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1154 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1155 ///
1156 /// Second: for types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
1157 /// For types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger
1158 /// type to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest
1159 /// integer register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the
1160 /// smaller register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the
1161 /// integer type to transform to.
1162 LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const;
1163
1164 /// Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1165 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1166 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1167 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1169 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).first;
1170 }
1172 return ValueTypeActions.getTypeAction(VT);
1173 }
1174
1175 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1176 /// types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger type
1177 /// to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest integer
1178 /// register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the smaller
1179 /// register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the integer type
1180 /// to transform to.
1181 virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1182 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).second;
1183 }
1184
1185 /// Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
1186 /// Useful for vector operations that might take multiple steps to legalize.
1188 EVT LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1189 while (LegalVT != VT) {
1190 VT = LegalVT;
1191 LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1192 }
1193 return LegalVT;
1194 }
1195
1196 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1197 /// types that must be expanded (i.e. integer types that are larger than the
1198 /// largest integer register or illegal floating point types), this returns
1199 /// the largest legal type it will be expanded to.
1200 EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1201 assert(!VT.isVector());
1202 while (true) {
1203 switch (getTypeAction(Context, VT)) {
1204 case TypeLegal:
1205 return VT;
1206 case TypeExpandInteger:
1207 VT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1208 break;
1209 default:
1210 llvm_unreachable("Type is not legal nor is it to be expanded!");
1211 }
1212 }
1213 }
1214
1215 /// Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
1216 /// For example, EVT::v8f32 maps to 2 EVT::v4f32 with Altivec or SSE1, or 8
1217 /// promoted EVT::f64 values with the X86 FP stack. Similarly, EVT::v2i64
1218 /// turns into 4 EVT::i32 values with both PPC and X86.
1219 ///
1220 /// This method returns the number of registers needed, and the VT for each
1221 /// register. It also returns the VT and quantity of the intermediate values
1222 /// before they are promoted/expanded.
1223 unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdown(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
1224 EVT &IntermediateVT,
1225 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
1226 MVT &RegisterVT) const;
1227
1228 /// Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are
1229 /// always broken down into scalars in some contexts. This occurs even if the
1230 /// vector type is legal.
1232 LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT,
1233 unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const {
1234 return getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, IntermediateVT, NumIntermediates,
1235 RegisterVT);
1236 }
1237
1239 unsigned opc = 0; // target opcode
1240 EVT memVT; // memory VT
1241
1242 // value representing memory location
1244
1245 // Fallback address space for use if ptrVal is nullptr. std::nullopt means
1246 // unknown address space.
1247 std::optional<unsigned> fallbackAddressSpace;
1248
1249 int offset = 0; // offset off of ptrVal
1250 uint64_t size = 0; // the size of the memory location
1251 // (taken from memVT if zero)
1252 MaybeAlign align = Align(1); // alignment
1253
1258 IntrinsicInfo() = default;
1259 };
1260
1261 /// Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map
1262 /// to a MemIntrinsicNode (touches memory). If this is the case, it returns
1263 /// true and store the intrinsic information into the IntrinsicInfo that was
1264 /// passed to the function.
1267 unsigned /*Intrinsic*/) const {
1268 return false;
1269 }
1270
1271 /// Returns true if the target can instruction select the specified FP
1272 /// immediate natively. If false, the legalizer will materialize the FP
1273 /// immediate as a load from a constant pool.
1274 virtual bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat & /*Imm*/, EVT /*VT*/,
1275 bool ForCodeSize = false) const {
1276 return false;
1277 }
1278
1279 /// Targets can use this to indicate that they only support *some*
1280 /// VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations, those with specific masks. By default, if a
1281 /// target supports the VECTOR_SHUFFLE node, all mask values are assumed to be
1282 /// legal.
1283 virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef<int> /*Mask*/, EVT /*VT*/) const {
1284 return true;
1285 }
1286
1287 /// Returns true if the operation can trap for the value type.
1288 ///
1289 /// VT must be a legal type. By default, we optimistically assume most
1290 /// operations don't trap except for integer divide and remainder.
1291 virtual bool canOpTrap(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const;
1292
1293 /// Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal. Targets can use this to indicate if there
1294 /// is a suitable VECTOR_SHUFFLE that can be used to replace a VAND with a
1295 /// constant pool entry.
1297 EVT /*VT*/) const {
1298 return false;
1299 }
1300
1301 /// How to legalize this custom operation?
1303 return Legal;
1304 }
1305
1306 /// Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to
1307 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1308 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1310 // If a target-specific SDNode requires legalization, require the target
1311 // to provide custom legalization for it.
1312 if (Op >= std::size(OpActions[0]))
1313 return Custom;
1314 if (VT.isExtended())
1315 return Expand;
1316 return OpActions[(unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy][Op];
1317 }
1318
1319 /// Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which
1320 /// may require a scale is supported natively by the target.
1321 /// If not, the operation is illegal.
1322 virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT,
1323 unsigned Scale) const {
1324 return false;
1325 }
1326
1327 /// Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but
1328 /// only for specific scales. This method allows for checking
1329 /// if the width is supported by the target for a given operation that may
1330 /// depend on scale.
1332 unsigned Scale) const {
1333 auto Action = getOperationAction(Op, VT);
1334 if (Action != Legal)
1335 return Action;
1336
1337 // This operation is supported in this type but may only work on specific
1338 // scales.
1339 bool Supported;
1340 switch (Op) {
1341 default:
1342 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fixed point operation.");
1343 case ISD::SMULFIX:
1344 case ISD::SMULFIXSAT:
1345 case ISD::UMULFIX:
1346 case ISD::UMULFIXSAT:
1347 case ISD::SDIVFIX:
1348 case ISD::SDIVFIXSAT:
1349 case ISD::UDIVFIX:
1350 case ISD::UDIVFIXSAT:
1351 Supported = isSupportedFixedPointOperation(Op, VT, Scale);
1352 break;
1353 }
1354
1355 return Supported ? Action : Expand;
1356 }
1357
1358 // If Op is a strict floating-point operation, return the result
1359 // of getOperationAction for the equivalent non-strict operation.
1361 unsigned EqOpc;
1362 switch (Op) {
1363 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected FP pseudo-opcode");
1364#define DAG_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1365 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::DAGN; break;
1366#define CMP_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1367 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::SETCC; break;
1368#include "llvm/IR/ConstrainedOps.def"
1369 }
1370
1371 return getOperationAction(EqOpc, VT);
1372 }
1373
1374 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1375 /// made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide high-level
1376 /// lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths
1377 /// traversed pre and post legalisation.
1379 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1380 if (LegalOnly)
1381 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1382
1383 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1384 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1385 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom);
1386 }
1387
1388 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1389 /// made legal using promotion. This is used to help guide high-level lowering
1390 /// decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths traversed
1391 /// pre and post legalisation.
1393 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1394 if (LegalOnly)
1395 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1396
1397 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1398 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1399 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1400 }
1401
1402 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1403 /// made legal with custom lowering or using promotion. This is used to help
1404 /// guide high-level lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience
1405 /// for code paths traversed pre and post legalisation.
1407 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1408 if (LegalOnly)
1409 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1410
1411 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1412 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1413 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom ||
1414 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1415 }
1416
1417 /// Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether
1418 /// the type is legal or not.
1419 bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1420 return getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom;
1421 }
1422
1423 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
1424 virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const {
1425 if (Fn->getFnAttribute("no-jump-tables").getValueAsBool())
1426 return false;
1427
1428 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::BR_JT, MVT::Other) ||
1430 }
1431
1432 /// Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
1433 bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High,
1434 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1435 // FIXME: Using the pointer type doesn't seem ideal.
1436 uint64_t BW = DL.getIndexSizeInBits(0u);
1437 uint64_t Range = (High - Low).getLimitedValue(UINT64_MAX - 1) + 1;
1438 return Range <= BW;
1439 }
1440
1441 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is suitable for a set of case
1442 /// clusters which may contain \p NumCases cases, \p Range range of values.
1443 virtual bool isSuitableForJumpTable(const SwitchInst *SI, uint64_t NumCases,
1445 BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI) const;
1446
1447 /// Returns preferred type for switch condition.
1448 virtual MVT getPreferredSwitchConditionType(LLVMContext &Context,
1449 EVT ConditionVT) const;
1450
1451 /// Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case
1452 /// clusters which contains \p NumDests unique destinations, \p Low and
1453 /// \p High as its lowest and highest case values, and expects \p NumCmps
1454 /// case value comparisons. Check if the number of destinations, comparison
1455 /// metric, and range are all suitable.
1458 const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const {
1459 // FIXME: I don't think NumCmps is the correct metric: a single case and a
1460 // range of cases both require only one branch to lower. Just looking at the
1461 // number of clusters and destinations should be enough to decide whether to
1462 // build bit tests.
1463
1464 // To lower a range with bit tests, the range must fit the bitwidth of a
1465 // machine word.
1466 if (!rangeFitsInWord(Low, High, DL))
1467 return false;
1468
1469 unsigned NumDests = DestCmps.size();
1470 unsigned NumCmps = 0;
1471 unsigned int MaxBitTestEntry = 0;
1472 for (auto &DestCmp : DestCmps) {
1473 NumCmps += DestCmp.second;
1474 if (DestCmp.second > MaxBitTestEntry)
1475 MaxBitTestEntry = DestCmp.second;
1476 }
1477
1478 // Comparisons might be cheaper for small number of comparisons, which can
1479 // be Arch Target specific.
1480 if (MaxBitTestEntry < getMinimumBitTestCmps())
1481 return false;
1482
1483 // Decide whether it's profitable to lower this range with bit tests. Each
1484 // destination requires a bit test and branch, and there is an overall range
1485 // check branch. For a small number of clusters, separate comparisons might
1486 // be cheaper, and for many destinations, splitting the range might be
1487 // better.
1488 return (NumDests == 1 && NumCmps >= 3) || (NumDests == 2 && NumCmps >= 5) ||
1489 (NumDests == 3 && NumCmps >= 6);
1490 }
1491
1492 /// Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or
1493 /// unlikely to be made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide
1494 /// high-level lowering decisions.
1495 bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1496 return (!isTypeLegal(VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Expand);
1497 }
1498
1499 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
1500 bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1501 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1502 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal;
1503 }
1504
1505 bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1506 return isOperationExpand(Op, VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == LibCall;
1507 }
1508
1509 /// Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal,
1510 /// needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other
1511 /// code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1512 LegalizeAction getLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, EVT ValVT,
1513 EVT MemVT) const {
1514 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended()) return Expand;
1515 unsigned ValI = (unsigned) ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1516 unsigned MemI = (unsigned) MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1518 MemI < MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE && "Table isn't big enough!");
1519 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
1520 return (LegalizeAction)((LoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1521 }
1522
1523 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
1524 bool isLoadExtLegal(unsigned ExtType, EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const {
1525 return getLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT) == Legal;
1526 }
1527
1528 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom
1529 /// on this target.
1530 bool isLoadExtLegalOrCustom(unsigned ExtType, EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const {
1531 return getLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT) == Legal ||
1532 getLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT) == Custom;
1533 }
1534
1535 /// Same as getLoadExtAction, but for atomic loads.
1537 EVT MemVT) const {
1538 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended()) return Expand;
1539 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1540 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1542 MemI < MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE && "Table isn't big enough!");
1543 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
1544 LegalizeAction Action =
1545 (LegalizeAction)((AtomicLoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1546 assert((Action == Legal || Action == Expand) &&
1547 "Unsupported atomic load extension action.");
1548 return Action;
1549 }
1550
1551 /// Return true if the specified atomic load with extension is legal on
1552 /// this target.
1553 bool isAtomicLoadExtLegal(unsigned ExtType, EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const {
1554 return getAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT) == Legal;
1555 }
1556
1557 /// Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is
1558 /// legal, needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some
1559 /// other code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1561 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended()) return Expand;
1562 unsigned ValI = (unsigned) ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1563 unsigned MemI = (unsigned) MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1565 "Table isn't big enough!");
1566 return TruncStoreActions[ValI][MemI];
1567 }
1568
1569 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this
1570 /// target.
1571 bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const {
1572 return isTypeLegal(ValVT) && getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT) == Legal;
1573 }
1574
1575 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this
1576 /// target.
1577 bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const {
1578 return isTypeLegal(ValVT) &&
1579 (getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT) == Legal ||
1580 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT) == Custom);
1581 }
1582
1583 virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT,
1584 bool LegalOnly) const {
1585 if (LegalOnly)
1586 return isTruncStoreLegal(ValVT, MemVT);
1587
1588 return isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(ValVT, MemVT);
1589 }
1590
1591 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1592 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1593 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1594 LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1595 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load);
1596 }
1597
1598 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1599 bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1600 return VT.isSimple() &&
1601 (getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1602 getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1603 }
1604
1605 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1606 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1607 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1608 LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1609 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store);
1610 }
1611
1612 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1613 bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1614 return VT.isSimple() &&
1615 (getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1616 getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1617 }
1618
1619 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1620 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1621 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1622 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1623 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad);
1624 }
1625
1626 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1627 bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1628 return VT.isSimple() &&
1629 (getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1631 }
1632
1633 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1634 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1635 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1636 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1637 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore);
1638 }
1639
1640 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1641 bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1642 return VT.isSimple() &&
1643 (getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1645 }
1646
1647 /// Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires
1648 /// extending
1649 virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const { return false; }
1650
1651 // Returns true if Extend can be folded into the index of a masked gathers/scatters
1652 // on this target.
1653 virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const {
1654 return false;
1655 }
1656
1657 // Return true if the target supports a scatter/gather instruction with
1658 // indices which are scaled by the particular value. Note that all targets
1659 // must by definition support scale of 1.
1661 uint64_t ElemSize) const {
1662 // MGATHER/MSCATTER are only required to support scaling by one or by the
1663 // element size.
1664 if (Scale != ElemSize && Scale != 1)
1665 return false;
1666 return true;
1667 }
1668
1669 /// Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1670 /// to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the target has a custom
1671 /// expander for it.
1674 assert((unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
1675 ((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy >> 3) < std::size(CondCodeActions[0]) &&
1676 "Table isn't big enough!");
1677 // See setCondCodeAction for how this is encoded.
1678 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
1679 uint32_t Value = CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3];
1680 LegalizeAction Action = (LegalizeAction) ((Value >> Shift) & 0xF);
1681 assert(Action != Promote && "Can't promote condition code!");
1682 return Action;
1683 }
1684
1685 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of
1686 /// the specified types on this target.
1687 bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const {
1688 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal;
1689 }
1690
1691 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a
1692 /// comparison of the specified types on this target.
1694 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal ||
1695 getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Custom;
1696 }
1697
1698 /// Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type
1699 /// InputVT should be treated. Either it's legal, needs to be promoted to a
1700 /// larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the
1701 /// target has a custom expander for it.
1703 EVT InputVT) const {
1706 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy,
1707 InputVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy};
1708 auto It = PartialReduceMLAActions.find(Key);
1709 return It != PartialReduceMLAActions.end() ? It->second : Expand;
1710 }
1711
1712 /// Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is
1713 /// legal or custom for this target.
1715 EVT InputVT) const {
1716 LegalizeAction Action = getPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT);
1717 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1718 }
1719
1720 /// If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the
1721 /// ValueType to promote to.
1722 MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const {
1724 "This operation isn't promoted!");
1725
1726 // See if this has an explicit type specified.
1727 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>,
1729 PromoteToType.find(std::make_pair(Op, VT.SimpleTy));
1730 if (PTTI != PromoteToType.end()) return PTTI->second;
1731
1732 assert((VT.isInteger() || VT.isFloatingPoint()) &&
1733 "Cannot autopromote this type, add it with AddPromotedToType.");
1734
1735 uint64_t VTBits = VT.getScalarSizeInBits();
1736 MVT NVT = VT;
1737 do {
1738 NVT = (MVT::SimpleValueType)(NVT.SimpleTy+1);
1739 assert(NVT.isInteger() == VT.isInteger() &&
1740 NVT.isFloatingPoint() == VT.isFloatingPoint() &&
1741 "Didn't find type to promote to!");
1742 } while (VTBits >= NVT.getScalarSizeInBits() || !isTypeLegal(NVT) ||
1743 getOperationAction(Op, NVT) == Promote);
1744 return NVT;
1745 }
1746
1748 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1749 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1750 }
1751
1752 /// Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type. This is fixed by the LLVM
1753 /// operations except for the pointer size. If AllowUnknown is true, this
1754 /// will return MVT::Other for types with no EVT counterpart (e.g. structs),
1755 /// otherwise it will assert.
1757 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1758 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1759 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1760 return getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1761
1762 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1763 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1764 // Lower vectors of pointers to native pointer types.
1765 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy)) {
1766 EVT PointerTy(getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace()));
1767 EltTy = PointerTy.getTypeForEVT(Ty->getContext());
1768 }
1769 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false),
1770 VTy->getElementCount());
1771 }
1772
1773 return EVT::getEVT(Ty, AllowUnknown);
1774 }
1775
1777 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1778 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1779 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1780 return getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1781
1782 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1783 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1784 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy)) {
1785 EVT PointerTy(getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace()));
1786 EltTy = PointerTy.getTypeForEVT(Ty->getContext());
1787 }
1788 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false),
1789 VTy->getElementCount());
1790 }
1791
1792 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1793 }
1794
1795
1796 /// Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
1798 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1799 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown).getSimpleVT();
1800 }
1801
1802 /// Returns the desired alignment for ByVal or InAlloca aggregate function
1803 /// arguments in the caller parameter area.
1804 virtual Align getByValTypeAlignment(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) const;
1805
1806 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
1808 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegisterTypeForVT));
1809 return RegisterTypeForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1810 }
1811
1812 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
1813 MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1814 if (VT.isSimple())
1815 return getRegisterType(VT.getSimpleVT());
1816 if (VT.isVector()) {
1817 EVT VT1;
1818 MVT RegisterVT;
1819 unsigned NumIntermediates;
1820 (void)getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, VT1,
1821 NumIntermediates, RegisterVT);
1822 return RegisterVT;
1823 }
1824 if (VT.isInteger()) {
1825 return getRegisterType(Context, getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT));
1826 }
1827 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
1828 }
1829
1830 /// Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually
1831 /// require.
1832 ///
1833 /// This is one for any types promoted to live in larger registers, but may be
1834 /// more than one for types (like i64) that are split into pieces. For types
1835 /// like i140, which are first promoted then expanded, it is the number of
1836 /// registers needed to hold all the bits of the original type. For an i140
1837 /// on a 32 bit machine this means 5 registers.
1838 ///
1839 /// RegisterVT may be passed as a way to override the default settings, for
1840 /// instance with i128 inline assembly operands on SystemZ.
1841 virtual unsigned
1843 std::optional<MVT> RegisterVT = std::nullopt) const {
1844 if (VT.isSimple()) {
1845 assert((unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy <
1846 std::size(NumRegistersForVT));
1847 return NumRegistersForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy];
1848 }
1849 if (VT.isVector()) {
1850 EVT VT1;
1851 MVT VT2;
1852 unsigned NumIntermediates;
1853 return getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, VT1, NumIntermediates, VT2);
1854 }
1855 if (VT.isInteger()) {
1856 unsigned BitWidth = VT.getSizeInBits();
1857 unsigned RegWidth = getRegisterType(Context, VT).getSizeInBits();
1858 return (BitWidth + RegWidth - 1) / RegWidth;
1859 }
1860 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
1861 }
1862
1863 /// Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types
1864 /// are legal for some operations and not for other operations.
1865 /// For MIPS all vector types must be passed through the integer register set.
1867 CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const {
1868 return getRegisterType(Context, VT);
1869 }
1870
1871 /// Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types. For MIPS,
1872 /// this occurs when a vector type is used, as vector are passed through the
1873 /// integer register set.
1875 CallingConv::ID CC,
1876 EVT VT) const {
1877 return getNumRegisters(Context, VT);
1878 }
1879
1880 /// Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one
1881 /// type has the alignment requirement of another type.
1883 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1884 return DL.getABITypeAlign(ArgTy);
1885 }
1886
1887 /// If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant
1888 /// of the specified type to a smaller type in order to save space and / or
1889 /// reduce runtime.
1890 virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const { return true; }
1891
1892 /// Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
1893 /// \p ByteOffset is only set if we know the pointer offset at compile time
1894 /// otherwise we should assume that additional pointer math is required.
1895 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (i32 (load x))) -> i16 load x
1896 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (srl (i32 (load x)), 16)) -> i16 load x+2
1898 SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT,
1899 std::optional<unsigned> ByteOffset = std::nullopt) const {
1900 // By default, assume that it is cheaper to extract a subvector from a wide
1901 // vector load rather than creating multiple narrow vector loads.
1902 if (NewVT.isVector() && !SDValue(Load, 0).hasOneUse())
1903 return false;
1904
1905 return true;
1906 }
1907
1908 /// Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x)
1909 /// where the sext is redundant, and use x directly.
1910 virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const { return true; }
1911
1912 /// Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits
1913 /// when storing the type to memory and the type size isn't equal to the store
1914 /// size.
1916 return VT.isScalarInteger() && !VT.isByteSized();
1917 }
1918
1919 /// When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo
1920 /// or Hi part come first? This usually follows the endianness, except
1921 /// for ppcf128, where the Hi part always comes first.
1923 return DL.isBigEndian() || VT == MVT::ppcf128;
1924 }
1925
1926 /// If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can
1927 /// perform for the specified node.
1929 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
1930 return TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] & (1 << (NT&7));
1931 }
1932
1935 }
1936
1937 /// Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
1938 virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const {
1939 return getPointerTy(DL).getSizeInBits();
1940 }
1941
1942 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memset
1943 ///
1944 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1945 /// to replace a call to llvm.memset. The value is set by the target at the
1946 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1947 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1948 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemset(bool OptSize) const;
1949
1950 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memcpy
1951 ///
1952 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1953 /// to replace a call to llvm.memcpy. The value is set by the target at the
1954 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1955 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1956 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemcpy(bool OptSize) const;
1957
1958 /// \brief Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together
1959 ///
1960 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1961 /// to glue together during lowering of llvm.memcpy. The value is set by
1962 // the target at the performance threshold for such a replacement.
1963 virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const {
1965 }
1966
1967 /// Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp
1968 ///
1969 /// This function returns the maximum number of load operations permitted
1970 /// to replace a call to memcmp. The value is set by the target at the
1971 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1972 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1973 unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const {
1975 }
1976
1977 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memmove
1978 ///
1979 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1980 /// to replace a call to llvm.memmove. The value is set by the target at the
1981 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1982 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1983 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemmove(bool OptSize) const;
1984
1985 /// Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
1986 ///
1987 /// This function returns true if the target allows unaligned memory accesses
1988 /// of the specified type in the given address space. If true, it also returns
1989 /// a relative speed of the unaligned memory access in the last argument by
1990 /// reference. The higher the speed number the faster the operation comparing
1991 /// to a number returned by another such call. This is used, for example, in
1992 /// situations where an array copy/move/set is converted to a sequence of
1993 /// store operations. Its use helps to ensure that such replacements don't
1994 /// generate code that causes an alignment error (trap) on the target machine.
1996 EVT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
1998 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
1999 return false;
2000 }
2001
2002 /// LLT handling variant.
2004 LLT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2006 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2007 return false;
2008 }
2009
2010 /// This function returns true if the memory access is aligned or if the
2011 /// target allows this specific unaligned memory access. If the access is
2012 /// allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative speed of the
2013 /// access (as defined by the target).
2014 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(
2015 LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2016 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2018 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2019
2020 /// Return true if the memory access of this type is aligned or if the target
2021 /// allows this specific unaligned access for the given MachineMemOperand.
2022 /// If the access is allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative
2023 /// speed of the access (as defined by the target).
2024 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(LLVMContext &Context,
2025 const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2026 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2027 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2028
2029 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2030 /// given address space and alignment. If the access is allowed, the optional
2031 /// final parameter returns the relative speed of the access (as defined by
2032 /// the target).
2033 virtual bool
2034 allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2035 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2037 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2038
2039 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2040 /// given MachineMemOperand. If the access is allowed, the optional
2041 /// final parameter returns the relative access speed (as defined by the
2042 /// target).
2043 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2044 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2045 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2046
2047 /// LLT handling variant.
2048 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, LLT Ty,
2049 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2050 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2051
2052 /// Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as
2053 /// a result of memset, memcpy, and memmove lowering.
2054 /// It returns EVT::Other if the type should be determined using generic
2055 /// target-independent logic.
2056 virtual EVT
2058 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2059 return MVT::Other;
2060 }
2061
2062 /// LLT returning variant.
2063 virtual LLT
2065 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2066 return LLT();
2067 }
2068
2069 /// Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to
2070 /// expand memcpy / memset inline.
2071 ///
2072 /// This is mostly true for all types except for some special cases. For
2073 /// example, on X86 targets without SSE2 f64 load / store are done with fldl /
2074 /// fstpl which also does type conversion. Note the specified type doesn't
2075 /// have to be legal as the hook is used before type legalization.
2076 virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT /*VT*/) const { return true; }
2077
2078 /// Return lower limit for number of blocks in a jump table.
2079 virtual unsigned getMinimumJumpTableEntries() const;
2080
2081 /// Return lower limit of the density in a jump table.
2082 unsigned getMinimumJumpTableDensity(bool OptForSize) const;
2083
2084 /// Return upper limit for number of entries in a jump table.
2085 /// Zero if no limit.
2086 unsigned getMaximumJumpTableSize() const;
2087
2088 virtual bool isJumpTableRelative() const;
2089
2090 /// Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
2091 unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const;
2092
2093 /// If a physical register, this specifies the register that
2094 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2096 return StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
2097 }
2098
2099 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2100 /// exception address on entry to an EH pad.
2101 virtual Register
2102 getExceptionPointerRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2103 return Register();
2104 }
2105
2106 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2107 /// exception typeid on entry to a landing pad.
2108 virtual Register
2109 getExceptionSelectorRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2110 return Register();
2111 }
2112
2113 virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const {
2114 report_fatal_error("Funclet EH is not implemented for this target");
2115 }
2116
2117 /// Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2119 return MinStackArgumentAlignment;
2120 }
2121
2122 /// Return the minimum function alignment.
2123 Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const { return MinFunctionAlignment; }
2124
2125 /// Return the preferred function alignment.
2126 Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const { return PrefFunctionAlignment; }
2127
2128 /// Return the preferred loop alignment.
2129 virtual Align getPrefLoopAlignment(MachineLoop *ML = nullptr) const;
2130
2131 /// Return the maximum amount of bytes allowed to be emitted when padding for
2132 /// alignment
2133 virtual unsigned
2134 getMaxPermittedBytesForAlignment(MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
2135
2136 /// Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not
2137 /// MinSize).
2138 virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const { return false; }
2139
2140 /// If the target has a standard location for the stack protector guard,
2141 /// returns the address of that location. Otherwise, returns nullptr.
2142 /// DEPRECATED: please override useLoadStackGuardNode and customize
2143 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD, or customize \@llvm.stackguard().
2144 virtual Value *getIRStackGuard(IRBuilderBase &IRB) const;
2145
2146 /// Inserts necessary declarations for SSP (stack protection) purpose.
2147 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2148 virtual void insertSSPDeclarations(Module &M) const;
2149
2150 /// Return the variable that's previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations,
2151 /// if any, otherwise return nullptr. Should be used only when
2152 /// getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2153 virtual Value *getSDagStackGuard(const Module &M) const;
2154
2155 /// If this function returns true, stack protection checks should XOR the
2156 /// frame pointer (or whichever pointer is used to address locals) into the
2157 /// stack guard value before checking it. getIRStackGuard must return nullptr
2158 /// if this returns true.
2159 virtual bool useStackGuardXorFP() const { return false; }
2160
2161 /// If the target has a standard stack protection check function that
2162 /// performs validation and error handling, returns the function. Otherwise,
2163 /// returns nullptr. Must be previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations.
2164 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2165 Function *getSSPStackGuardCheck(const Module &M) const;
2166
2167protected:
2168 Value *getDefaultSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2169 bool UseTLS) const;
2170
2171public:
2172 /// Returns the target-specific address of the unsafe stack pointer.
2173 virtual Value *getSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB) const;
2174
2175 /// Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty
2176 /// string if not applicable.
2177 virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2178
2179 virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2180
2182 return "";
2183 }
2184
2185 /// Returns true if a cast from SrcAS to DestAS is "cheap", such that e.g. we
2186 /// are happy to sink it into basic blocks. A cast may be free, but not
2187 /// necessarily a no-op. e.g. a free truncate from a 64-bit to 32-bit pointer.
2188 virtual bool isFreeAddrSpaceCast(unsigned SrcAS, unsigned DestAS) const;
2189
2190 /// Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning
2191 /// the object whose address is being passed. If so then MinSize is set to the
2192 /// minimum size the object must be to be aligned and PrefAlign is set to the
2193 /// preferred alignment.
2194 virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst * /*CI*/, unsigned & /*MinSize*/,
2195 Align & /*PrefAlign*/) const {
2196 return false;
2197 }
2198
2199 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2200 /// \name Helpers for TargetTransformInfo implementations
2201 /// @{
2202
2203 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Instruction class opcode.
2204 int InstructionOpcodeToISD(unsigned Opcode) const;
2205
2206 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Intrinsic ID. Returns
2207 /// ISD::DELETED_NODE by default for an unsupported Intrinsic ID.
2208 int IntrinsicIDToISD(Intrinsic::ID ID) const;
2209
2210 /// @}
2211
2212 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2213 /// \name Helpers for atomic expansion.
2214 /// @{
2215
2216 /// Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by
2217 /// the backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well
2218 /// as ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2219 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2221 return MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
2222 }
2223
2224 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2225 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2227 return MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
2228 }
2229
2230 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the
2231 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2233 return MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
2234 }
2235
2236 /// Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction
2237 /// the backend supports. Any smaller operations are widened in
2238 /// AtomicExpandPass.
2239 ///
2240 /// Note that *unlike* operations above the maximum size, atomic ops
2241 /// are still natively supported below the minimum; they just
2242 /// require a more complex expansion.
2243 unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const { return MinCmpXchgSizeInBits; }
2244
2245 /// Whether the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
2246 bool supportsUnalignedAtomics() const { return SupportsUnalignedAtomics; }
2247
2248 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce
2249 /// ordering for this atomic. This should be true for most architectures with
2250 /// weak memory ordering. Defaults to false.
2251 virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const {
2252 return false;
2253 }
2254
2255 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing
2256 /// fence without reducing the ordering for this atomic store. Defaults to
2257 /// false.
2258 virtual bool
2260 return false;
2261 }
2262
2263 // The memory ordering that AtomicExpandPass should assign to a atomic
2264 // instruction that it has lowered by adding fences. This can be used
2265 // to "fold" one of the fences into the atomic instruction.
2266 virtual AtomicOrdering
2270
2271 /// Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the
2272 /// corresponding pointee type. This may entail some non-trivial operations to
2273 /// truncate or reconstruct types that will be illegal in the backend. See
2274 /// ARMISelLowering for an example implementation.
2275 virtual Value *emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy,
2276 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2277 llvm_unreachable("Load linked unimplemented on this target");
2278 }
2279
2280 /// Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr. Return the status of the
2281 /// store. This should be 0 if the store succeeded, non-zero otherwise.
2283 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2284 llvm_unreachable("Store conditional unimplemented on this target");
2285 }
2286
2287 /// Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2288 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2289 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2290 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2292 AtomicRMWInst *AI,
2293 Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr,
2294 Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt,
2295 AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2296 llvm_unreachable("Masked atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2297 }
2298
2299 /// Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way. This is
2300 /// expected to be called when masked atomicrmw and bit test atomicrmw don't
2301 /// work, and the target supports another way to lower atomicrmw.
2302 virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const {
2304 "Generic atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2305 }
2306
2307 /// Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
2308 virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const {
2310 "Generic atomic store expansion unimplemented on this target");
2311 }
2312
2313 /// Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
2314 virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const {
2316 "Generic atomic load expansion unimplemented on this target");
2317 }
2318
2319 /// Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
2321 llvm_unreachable("Generic cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2322 }
2323
2324 /// Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2325 /// represents the combined bit test intrinsic which will be lowered at a late
2326 /// stage by the backend.
2329 "Bit test atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2330 }
2331
2332 /// Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a
2333 /// target-specific intrinsic. This represents the combined atomic and compare
2334 /// intrinsic which will be lowered at a late stage by the backend.
2337 "Compare arith atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2338 }
2339
2340 /// Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2341 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2342 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2343 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2345 IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr,
2346 Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2347 llvm_unreachable("Masked cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2348 }
2349
2350 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2351 /// \name KCFI check lowering.
2352 /// @{
2353
2356 const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const {
2357 llvm_unreachable("KCFI is not supported on this target");
2358 }
2359
2360 /// @}
2361
2362 /// Inserts in the IR a target-specific intrinsic specifying a fence.
2363 /// It is called by AtomicExpandPass before expanding an
2364 /// AtomicRMW/AtomicCmpXchg/AtomicStore/AtomicLoad
2365 /// if shouldInsertFencesForAtomic returns true.
2366 ///
2367 /// Inst is the original atomic instruction, prior to other expansions that
2368 /// may be performed.
2369 ///
2370 /// This function should either return a nullptr, or a pointer to an IR-level
2371 /// Instruction*. Even complex fence sequences can be represented by a
2372 /// single Instruction* through an intrinsic to be lowered later.
2373 ///
2374 /// The default implementation emits an IR fence before any release (or
2375 /// stronger) operation that stores, and after any acquire (or stronger)
2376 /// operation. This is generally a correct implementation, but backends may
2377 /// override if they wish to use alternative schemes (e.g. the PowerPC
2378 /// standard ABI uses a fence before a seq_cst load instead of after a
2379 /// seq_cst store).
2380 /// @{
2381 virtual Instruction *emitLeadingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2382 Instruction *Inst,
2383 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2384
2385 virtual Instruction *emitTrailingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2386 Instruction *Inst,
2387 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2388 /// @}
2389
2390 // Emits code that executes when the comparison result in the ll/sc
2391 // expansion of a cmpxchg instruction is such that the store-conditional will
2392 // not execute. This makes it possible to balance out the load-linked with
2393 // a dedicated instruction, if desired.
2394 // E.g., on ARM, if ldrex isn't followed by strex, the exclusive monitor would
2395 // be unnecessarily held, except if clrex, inserted by this hook, is executed.
2396 virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const {}
2397
2398 /// Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
2399 virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const {
2400 return IsSigned;
2401 }
2402
2403 /// Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
2404 virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const {
2405 return true;
2406 }
2407
2408 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the
2409 /// IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
2413
2414 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level
2415 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2421
2422 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level
2423 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CustomExpand
2424 /// will try to use an atomicrmw xchg.
2428
2429 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level
2430 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CastToInteger
2431 /// will try to cast the operands to integer values.
2433 if (SI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isFloatingPointTy())
2436 }
2437
2438 /// Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level
2439 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2440 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2444
2445 /// Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given
2446 /// AtomicRMW, if at all. Default is to never expand.
2451
2452 /// Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level
2453 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2454 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2463
2464 /// On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value
2465 /// (such as fetch_add of 0) can be turned into a fence followed by an
2466 /// atomic load. This may sound useless, but it makes it possible for the
2467 /// processor to keep the cacheline shared, dramatically improving
2468 /// performance. And such idempotent RMWs are useful for implementing some
2469 /// kinds of locks, see for example (justification + benchmarks):
2470 /// http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/2012/HPL-2012-68.pdf
2471 /// This method tries doing that transformation, returning the atomic load if
2472 /// it succeeds, and nullptr otherwise.
2473 /// If shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR returns true on that load, it will undergo
2474 /// another round of expansion.
2475 virtual LoadInst *
2477 return nullptr;
2478 }
2479
2480 /// Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND,
2481 /// SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2483 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
2484 }
2485
2486 /// Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison
2487 /// value to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND). This is
2488 /// separate from getExtendForAtomicOps, which is concerned with the
2489 /// sign-extension of the instruction's output, whereas here we are concerned
2490 /// with the sign-extension of the input. For targets with compare-and-swap
2491 /// instructions (or sub-word comparisons in their LL/SC loop expansions),
2492 /// the input can be ANY_EXTEND, but the output will still have a specific
2493 /// extension.
2495 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2496 }
2497
2498 /// Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input
2499 /// argument to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2501 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2502 }
2503
2504 /// @}
2505
2506 /// Returns true if we should normalize
2507 /// select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y), Y) and
2508 /// select(N0|N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y, Y)) if it is likely
2509 /// that it saves us from materializing N0 and N1 in an integer register.
2510 /// Targets that are able to perform and/or on flags should return false here.
2512 EVT VT) const {
2513 // If a target has multiple condition registers, then it likely has logical
2514 // operations on those registers.
2516 return false;
2517 // Only do the transform if the value won't be split into multiple
2518 // registers.
2519 LegalizeTypeAction Action = getTypeAction(Context, VT);
2520 return Action != TypeExpandInteger && Action != TypeExpandFloat &&
2521 Action != TypeSplitVector;
2522 }
2523
2524 virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const { return true; }
2525
2526 /// Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be
2527 /// transformed into simple math ops with the condition value. For example:
2528 /// select Cond, C1, C1-1 --> add (zext Cond), C1-1
2529 virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const {
2530 return false;
2531 }
2532
2533 /// Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer
2534 /// multiplication-by-constant into simpler operations like shifts and adds.
2535 /// This may be true if the target does not directly support the
2536 /// multiplication operation for the specified type or the sequence of simpler
2537 /// ops is faster than the multiply.
2539 EVT VT, SDValue C) const {
2540 return false;
2541 }
2542
2543 /// Return true if it may be profitable to transform
2544 /// (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x, c2), c1*c2).
2545 /// This may not be true if c1 and c2 can be represented as immediates but
2546 /// c1*c2 cannot, for example.
2547 /// The target should check if c1, c2 and c1*c2 can be represented as
2548 /// immediates, or have to be materialized into registers. If it is not sure
2549 /// about some cases, a default true can be returned to let the DAGCombiner
2550 /// decide.
2551 /// AddNode is (add x, c1), and ConstNode is c2.
2553 SDValue ConstNode) const {
2554 return true;
2555 }
2556
2557 /// Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT
2558 /// conversion operations - canonicalizing the FP source value instead of
2559 /// converting all cases and then selecting based on value.
2560 /// This may be true if the target throws exceptions for out of bounds
2561 /// conversions or has fast FP CMOV.
2562 virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT,
2563 bool IsSigned) const {
2564 return false;
2565 }
2566
2567 /// Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.* intrinsic.
2568 /// If not optimizing for size, expanding @llvm.powi.* intrinsics is always
2569 /// considered beneficial.
2570 /// If optimizing for size, expansion is only considered beneficial for upto
2571 /// 5 multiplies and a divide (if the exponent is negative).
2572 bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const {
2573 if (Exponent < 0)
2574 Exponent = -Exponent;
2575 uint64_t E = static_cast<uint64_t>(Exponent);
2576 return !OptForSize || (llvm::popcount(E) + Log2_64(E) < 7);
2577 }
2578
2579 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2580 // TargetLowering Configuration Methods - These methods should be invoked by
2581 // the derived class constructor to configure this object for the target.
2582 //
2583protected:
2584 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2585 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2587 BooleanContents = Ty;
2588 BooleanFloatContents = Ty;
2589 }
2590
2591 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2592 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2594 BooleanContents = IntTy;
2595 BooleanFloatContents = FloatTy;
2596 }
2597
2598 /// Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a
2599 /// vector of i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2601 BooleanVectorContents = Ty;
2602 }
2603
2604 /// Specify the target scheduling preference.
2606 SchedPreferenceInfo = Pref;
2607 }
2608
2609 /// Indicate the minimum number of blocks to generate jump tables.
2610 void setMinimumJumpTableEntries(unsigned Val);
2611
2612 /// Indicate the maximum number of entries in jump tables.
2613 /// Set to zero to generate unlimited jump tables.
2614 void setMaximumJumpTableSize(unsigned);
2615
2616 /// Set the minimum of largest of number of comparisons to generate BitTest.
2617 void setMinimumBitTestCmps(unsigned Val);
2618
2619 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
2620 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2622 StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore = R;
2623 }
2624
2625 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
2626 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
2627 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
2628 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
2629 void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn = true) {
2630 HasExtractBitsInsn = hasExtractInsn;
2631 }
2632
2633 /// Tells the code generator not to expand logic operations on comparison
2634 /// predicates into separate sequences that increase the amount of flow
2635 /// control.
2636 void setJumpIsExpensive(bool isExpensive = true);
2637
2638 /// Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
2639 void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth) {
2640 BypassSlowDivWidths[SlowBitWidth] = FastBitWidth;
2641 }
2642
2643 /// Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the
2644 /// specified value type. This indicates the selector can handle values of
2645 /// that class natively.
2647 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
2648 RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy] = RC;
2649 }
2650
2651 /// Return the largest legal super-reg register class of the register class
2652 /// for the specified type and its associated "cost".
2653 virtual std::pair<const TargetRegisterClass *, uint8_t>
2654 findRepresentativeClass(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, MVT VT) const;
2655
2656 /// Once all of the register classes are added, this allows us to compute
2657 /// derived properties we expose.
2658 void computeRegisterProperties(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI);
2659
2660 /// Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified
2661 /// type and indicate what to do about it. Note that VT may refer to either
2662 /// the type of a result or that of an operand of Op.
2663 void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2664 assert(Op < std::size(OpActions[0]) && "Table isn't big enough!");
2665 OpActions[(unsigned)VT.SimpleTy][Op] = Action;
2666 }
2668 LegalizeAction Action) {
2669 for (auto Op : Ops)
2670 setOperationAction(Op, VT, Action);
2671 }
2673 LegalizeAction Action) {
2674 for (auto VT : VTs)
2675 setOperationAction(Ops, VT, Action);
2676 }
2677
2678 /// Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the
2679 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2680 void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2681 LegalizeAction Action) {
2682 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2683 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2684 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2685 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2686 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &= ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2687 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |= (uint16_t)Action << Shift;
2688 }
2689 void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef<unsigned> ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2690 LegalizeAction Action) {
2691 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2692 setLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2693 }
2695 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2696 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2697 setLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2698 }
2699
2700 /// Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type
2701 /// is legal.
2702 void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2703 LegalizeAction Action) {
2704 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2705 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2706 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2707 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2708 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &=
2709 ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2710 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |=
2711 ((uint16_t)Action << Shift);
2712 }
2714 LegalizeAction Action) {
2715 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2716 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2717 }
2719 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2720 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2721 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2722 }
2723
2724 /// Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the
2725 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2726 void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2727 assert(ValVT.isValid() && MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2728 TruncStoreActions[(unsigned)ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] = Action;
2729 }
2730
2731 /// Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the
2732 /// specified type and indicate what to do abort it.
2733 ///
2734 /// NOTE: All indexed mode loads are initialized to Expand in
2735 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2737 LegalizeAction Action) {
2738 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2739 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load, Action);
2740 }
2741
2743 LegalizeAction Action) {
2744 for (auto VT : VTs)
2745 setIndexedLoadAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2746 }
2747
2748 /// Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the
2749 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2750 ///
2751 /// NOTE: All indexed mode stores are initialized to Expand in
2752 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2754 LegalizeAction Action) {
2755 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2756 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store, Action);
2757 }
2758
2760 LegalizeAction Action) {
2761 for (auto VT : VTs)
2762 setIndexedStoreAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2763 }
2764
2765 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with
2766 /// the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2767 ///
2768 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked loads are initialized to Expand in
2769 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2770 void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2771 LegalizeAction Action) {
2772 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad, Action);
2773 }
2774
2775 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work
2776 /// with the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2777 ///
2778 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked stores are initialized to Expand in
2779 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2780 void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2781 LegalizeAction Action) {
2782 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore, Action);
2783 }
2784
2785 /// Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the
2786 /// target and indicate what to do about it.
2788 LegalizeAction Action) {
2789 for (auto CC : CCs) {
2790 assert(VT.isValid() && (unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
2791 "Table isn't big enough!");
2792 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2793 /// The lower 3 bits of the SimpleTy index into Nth 4bit set from the
2794 /// 32-bit value and the upper 29 bits index into the second dimension of
2795 /// the array to select what 32-bit value to use.
2796 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
2797 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << Shift);
2798 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] |= (uint32_t)Action << Shift;
2799 }
2800 }
2802 LegalizeAction Action) {
2803 for (auto VT : VTs)
2804 setCondCodeAction(CCs, VT, Action);
2805 }
2806
2807 /// Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input
2808 /// type InputVT should be treated by the target. Either it's legal, needs to
2809 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
2810 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
2811 void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT,
2812 LegalizeAction Action) {
2815 assert(AccVT.isValid() && InputVT.isValid() &&
2816 "setPartialReduceMLAAction types aren't valid");
2817 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.SimpleTy, InputVT.SimpleTy};
2818 PartialReduceMLAActions[Key] = Action;
2819 }
2821 MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2822 for (unsigned Opc : Opcodes)
2823 setPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT, Action);
2824 }
2825
2826 /// If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults
2827 /// to trying a larger integer/fp until it can find one that works. If that
2828 /// default is insufficient, this method can be used by the target to override
2829 /// the default.
2830 void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2831 PromoteToType[std::make_pair(Opc, OrigVT.SimpleTy)] = DestVT.SimpleTy;
2832 }
2833
2834 /// Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type
2835 /// in a single call.
2836 void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2837 setOperationAction(Opc, OrigVT, Promote);
2838 AddPromotedToType(Opc, OrigVT, DestVT);
2839 }
2841 MVT DestVT) {
2842 for (auto Op : Ops) {
2843 setOperationAction(Op, OrigVT, Promote);
2844 AddPromotedToType(Op, OrigVT, DestVT);
2845 }
2846 }
2847
2848 /// Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that
2849 /// they want to provide a custom DAG combiner for by implementing the
2850 /// PerformDAGCombine virtual method.
2852 for (auto NT : NTs) {
2853 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
2854 TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] |= 1 << (NT & 7);
2855 }
2856 }
2857
2858 /// Set the target's minimum function alignment.
2860 MinFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
2861 }
2862
2863 /// Set the target's preferred function alignment. This should be set if
2864 /// there is a performance benefit to higher-than-minimum alignment
2866 PrefFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
2867 }
2868
2869 /// Set the target's preferred loop alignment. Default alignment is one, it
2870 /// means the target does not care about loop alignment. The target may also
2871 /// override getPrefLoopAlignment to provide per-loop values.
2872 void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment) { PrefLoopAlignment = Alignment; }
2873 void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes) {
2874 MaxBytesForAlignment = MaxBytes;
2875 }
2876
2877 /// Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2879 MinStackArgumentAlignment = Alignment;
2880 }
2881
2882 /// Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the
2883 /// backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well as
2884 /// ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2885 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2886 void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2887 MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported = SizeInBits;
2888 }
2889
2890 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2891 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2892 void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2893 MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
2894 }
2895
2896 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend
2897 /// supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2898 void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2899 MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
2900 }
2901
2902 /// Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
2903 void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2904 MinCmpXchgSizeInBits = SizeInBits;
2905 }
2906
2907 /// Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
2908 void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported) {
2909 SupportsUnalignedAtomics = UnalignedSupported;
2910 }
2911
2912public:
2913 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2914 // Addressing mode description hooks (used by LSR etc).
2915 //
2916
2917 /// CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store
2918 /// instructions reading the address. This allows as much computation as
2919 /// possible to be done in the address mode for that operand. This hook lets
2920 /// targets also pass back when this should be done on intrinsics which
2921 /// load/store.
2922 virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst * /*I*/,
2923 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> & /*Ops*/,
2924 Type *& /*AccessTy*/) const {
2925 return false;
2926 }
2927
2928 /// This represents an addressing mode of:
2929 /// BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*vscale
2930 /// If BaseGV is null, there is no BaseGV.
2931 /// If BaseOffs is zero, there is no base offset.
2932 /// If HasBaseReg is false, there is no base register.
2933 /// If Scale is zero, there is no ScaleReg. Scale of 1 indicates a reg with
2934 /// no scale.
2935 /// If ScalableOffset is zero, there is no scalable offset.
2936 struct AddrMode {
2938 int64_t BaseOffs = 0;
2939 bool HasBaseReg = false;
2940 int64_t Scale = 0;
2941 int64_t ScalableOffset = 0;
2942 AddrMode() = default;
2943 };
2944
2945 /// Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this
2946 /// target, for a load/store of the specified type.
2947 ///
2948 /// The type may be VoidTy, in which case only return true if the addressing
2949 /// mode is legal for a load/store of any legal type. TODO: Handle
2950 /// pre/postinc as well.
2951 ///
2952 /// If the address space cannot be determined, it will be -1.
2953 ///
2954 /// TODO: Remove default argument
2955 virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM,
2956 Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace,
2957 Instruction *I = nullptr) const;
2958
2959 /// Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local
2960 /// storage (TLS).
2961 virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const {
2962 return false;
2963 }
2964
2965 /// Return the prefered common base offset.
2966 virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset,
2967 int64_t MaxOffset) const {
2968 return 0;
2969 }
2970
2971 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is
2972 /// the target has icmp instructions which can compare a register against the
2973 /// immediate without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
2974 virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const {
2975 return true;
2976 }
2977
2978 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the
2979 /// target has add instructions which can add a register with the immediate
2980 /// without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
2981 virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const {
2982 return true;
2983 }
2984
2985 /// Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is
2986 /// the target has add instructions which can add a register with the
2987 /// immediate (multiplied by vscale) without having to materialize the
2988 /// immediate into a register.
2989 virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const { return false; }
2990
2991 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a
2992 /// store instruction.
2993 virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const {
2994 // Default implementation assumes that at least 0 works since it is likely
2995 // that a zero register exists or a zero immediate is allowed.
2996 return Value == 0;
2997 }
2998
2999 /// Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new
3000 /// scalar type of size equal to SVI's scalar type if the new type is more
3001 /// profitable. Returns nullptr otherwise. For example under MVE float splats
3002 /// are converted to integer to prevent the need to move from SPR to GPR
3003 /// registers.
3005 return nullptr;
3006 }
3007
3008 /// Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored
3009 /// or bitcast to type 'To', return true if the set should be converted to
3010 /// 'To'.
3011 virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const {
3012 return (From->isIntegerTy() || From->isFloatingPointTy()) &&
3013 (To->isIntegerTy() || To->isFloatingPointTy());
3014 }
3015
3016 /// Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
3017 virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3018 // FIXME: This should get its info from the td file.
3019 switch (Opcode) {
3020 case ISD::ADD:
3021 case ISD::SMIN:
3022 case ISD::SMAX:
3023 case ISD::UMIN:
3024 case ISD::UMAX:
3025 case ISD::MUL:
3026 case ISD::MULHU:
3027 case ISD::MULHS:
3028 case ISD::SMUL_LOHI:
3029 case ISD::UMUL_LOHI:
3030 case ISD::FADD:
3031 case ISD::FMUL:
3032 case ISD::AND:
3033 case ISD::OR:
3034 case ISD::XOR:
3035 case ISD::SADDO:
3036 case ISD::UADDO:
3037 case ISD::ADDC:
3038 case ISD::ADDE:
3039 case ISD::SADDSAT:
3040 case ISD::UADDSAT:
3041 case ISD::FMINNUM:
3042 case ISD::FMAXNUM:
3043 case ISD::FMINNUM_IEEE:
3044 case ISD::FMAXNUM_IEEE:
3045 case ISD::FMINIMUM:
3046 case ISD::FMAXIMUM:
3047 case ISD::FMINIMUMNUM:
3048 case ISD::FMAXIMUMNUM:
3049 case ISD::AVGFLOORS:
3050 case ISD::AVGFLOORU:
3051 case ISD::AVGCEILS:
3052 case ISD::AVGCEILU:
3053 case ISD::ABDS:
3054 case ISD::ABDU:
3055 return true;
3056 default: return false;
3057 }
3058 }
3059
3060 /// Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
3061 virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3062 // A commutative binop must be a binop.
3063 if (isCommutativeBinOp(Opcode))
3064 return true;
3065 // These are non-commutative binops.
3066 switch (Opcode) {
3067 case ISD::SUB:
3068 case ISD::SHL:
3069 case ISD::SRL:
3070 case ISD::SRA:
3071 case ISD::ROTL:
3072 case ISD::ROTR:
3073 case ISD::SDIV:
3074 case ISD::UDIV:
3075 case ISD::SREM:
3076 case ISD::UREM:
3077 case ISD::SSUBSAT:
3078 case ISD::USUBSAT:
3079 case ISD::FSUB:
3080 case ISD::FDIV:
3081 case ISD::FREM:
3082 return true;
3083 default:
3084 return false;
3085 }
3086 }
3087
3088 /// Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type
3089 /// ToTy. e.g. On x86 it's free to truncate a i32 value in register EAX to i16
3090 /// by referencing its sub-register AX.
3091 /// Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3092 virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3093 return false;
3094 }
3095
3096 /// Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding
3097 /// whether a call is in tail position. Typically this means that both results
3098 /// would be assigned to the same register or stack slot, but it could mean
3099 /// the target performs adequate checks of its own before proceeding with the
3100 /// tail call. Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3101 virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3102 return false;
3103 }
3104
3105 virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const { return false; }
3106 virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3107 return isTruncateFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3108 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3109 }
3110
3111 /// Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
3112 virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3113 // Fallback to type matching.
3114 return isTruncateFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3115 }
3116
3117 virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const { return true; }
3118
3119 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
3120 /// Unlikely the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family which is based on types,
3121 /// this method can use the context provided by \p I to decide
3122 /// whether or not \p I is free.
3123 /// This method extends the behavior of the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family.
3124 /// In other words, if is[Z|FP]Free returns true, then this method
3125 /// returns true as well. The converse is not true.
3126 /// The target can perform the adequate checks by overriding isExtFreeImpl.
3127 /// \pre \p I must be a sign, zero, or fp extension.
3128 bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const {
3129 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3130 case Instruction::FPExt:
3131 if (isFPExtFree(EVT::getEVT(I->getType()),
3132 EVT::getEVT(I->getOperand(0)->getType())))
3133 return true;
3134 break;
3135 case Instruction::ZExt:
3136 if (isZExtFree(I->getOperand(0)->getType(), I->getType()))
3137 return true;
3138 break;
3139 case Instruction::SExt:
3140 break;
3141 default:
3142 llvm_unreachable("Instruction is not an extension");
3143 }
3144 return isExtFreeImpl(I);
3145 }
3146
3147 /// Return true if \p Load and \p Ext can form an ExtLoad.
3148 /// For example, in AArch64
3149 /// %L = load i8, i8* %ptr
3150 /// %E = zext i8 %L to i32
3151 /// can be lowered into one load instruction
3152 /// ldrb w0, [x0]
3153 bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext,
3154 const DataLayout &DL) const {
3155 EVT VT = getValueType(DL, Ext->getType());
3156 EVT LoadVT = getValueType(DL, Load->getType());
3157
3158 // If the load has other users and the truncate is not free, the ext
3159 // probably isn't free.
3160 if (!Load->hasOneUse() && (isTypeLegal(LoadVT) || !isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
3161 !isTruncateFree(Ext->getType(), Load->getType()))
3162 return false;
3163
3164 // Check whether the target supports casts folded into loads.
3165 unsigned LType;
3166 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Ext))
3167 LType = ISD::ZEXTLOAD;
3168 else {
3169 assert(isa<SExtInst>(Ext) && "Unexpected ext type!");
3170 LType = ISD::SEXTLOAD;
3171 }
3172
3173 return isLoadExtLegal(LType, VT, LoadVT);
3174 }
3175
3176 /// Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy
3177 /// implicitly zero-extends the value to ToTy in the result register.
3178 ///
3179 /// The function should return true when it is likely that the truncate can
3180 /// be freely folded with an instruction defining a value of FromTy. If
3181 /// the defining instruction is unknown (because you're looking at a
3182 /// function argument, PHI, etc.) then the target may require an
3183 /// explicit truncate, which is not necessarily free, but this function
3184 /// does not deal with those cases.
3185 /// Targets must return false when FromTy >= ToTy.
3186 virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3187 return false;
3188 }
3189
3190 virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const { return false; }
3191 virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3192 return isZExtFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3193 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3194 }
3195
3196 /// Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free
3197 /// (either because it's implicitly zero-extended such as ARM ldrb / ldrh or
3198 /// because it's folded such as X86 zero-extending loads).
3199 virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3200 return isZExtFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3201 }
3202
3203 /// Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than
3204 /// zero-extension.
3205 virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const {
3206 return false;
3207 }
3208
3209 /// Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to
3210 /// a larger type.
3211 virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const { return false; }
3212
3213 /// Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like
3214 /// zext, trunc, fptoui, uitofp) for the target.
3215 virtual bool
3217 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const {
3218 return false;
3219 }
3220
3221 /// Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load
3222 /// two loaded values of type LoadedType next to each other in memory.
3223 /// RequiredAlignment gives the minimal alignment constraints that must be met
3224 /// to be able to select this paired load.
3225 ///
3226 /// This information is *not* used to generate actual paired loads, but it is
3227 /// used to generate a sequence of loads that is easier to combine into a
3228 /// paired load.
3229 /// For instance, something like this:
3230 /// a = load i64* addr
3231 /// b = trunc i64 a to i32
3232 /// c = lshr i64 a, 32
3233 /// d = trunc i64 c to i32
3234 /// will be optimized into:
3235 /// b = load i32* addr1
3236 /// d = load i32* addr2
3237 /// Where addr1 = addr2 +/- sizeof(i32).
3238 ///
3239 /// In other words, unless the target performs a post-isel load combining,
3240 /// this information should not be provided because it will generate more
3241 /// loads.
3242 virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT /*LoadedType*/,
3243 Align & /*RequiredAlignment*/) const {
3244 return false;
3245 }
3246
3247 /// Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
3248 virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const { return false; }
3249
3250 /// Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
3251 /// Default to be the minimum interleave factor: 2.
3252 virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const { return 2; }
3253
3254 /// Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics. Return
3255 /// true on success.
3256 ///
3257 /// \p Load is the vector load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3258 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3259 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3260 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3261 /// result is uncondiitional.
3262 /// \p Shuffles is the shufflevector list to DE-interleave the loaded vector.
3263 /// \p Indices is the corresponding indices for each shufflevector.
3264 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3265 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3266 /// accessed.
3267 virtual bool lowerInterleavedLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask,
3269 ArrayRef<unsigned> Indices, unsigned Factor,
3270 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3271 return false;
3272 }
3273
3274 /// Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics. Return
3275 /// true on success.
3276 ///
3277 /// \p SI is the vector store instruction. Can be either a plain store
3278 /// or a vp.store.
3279 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3280 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3281 /// result is unconditional.
3282 /// \p SVI is the shufflevector to RE-interleave the stored vector.
3283 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3284 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3285 /// accessed.
3286 virtual bool lowerInterleavedStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask,
3287 ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor,
3288 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3289 return false;
3290 }
3291
3292 /// Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
3293 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3294 /// llvm.vector.deinterleave{2,3,5,7}
3295 ///
3296 /// \p Load is the accompanying load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3297 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3298 /// \p DI represents the deinterleaveN intrinsic.
3300 IntrinsicInst *DI) const {
3301 return false;
3302 }
3303
3304 /// Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
3305 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3306 /// llvm.vector.interleave{2,3,5,7}
3307 ///
3308 /// \p Store is the accompanying store instruction. Can be either a plain
3309 /// store or a vp.store intrinsic.
3310 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3311 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3312 /// result is uncondiitional.
3313 /// \p InterleaveValues contains the interleaved values.
3314 virtual bool
3316 ArrayRef<Value *> InterleaveValues) const {
3317 return false;
3318 }
3319
3320 /// Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because
3321 /// single-precision floating-point numbers are implicitly extended to
3322 /// double-precision).
3323 virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3324 assert(SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() && DestVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3325 "invalid fpext types");
3326 return false;
3327 }
3328
3329 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3330 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3331 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3332 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode,
3333 LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const {
3334 return false;
3335 }
3336
3337 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3338 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3339 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3340 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode,
3341 EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3342 assert(DestVT.isFloatingPoint() && SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3343 "invalid fpext types");
3344 return isFPExtFree(DestVT, SrcVT);
3345 }
3346
3347 /// Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any
3348 /// extend node) is profitable.
3349 virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const { return false; }
3350
3351 /// Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never
3352 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3353 virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const {
3354 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3355 return false;
3356 }
3357
3358 /// Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never
3359 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3360 virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const {
3361 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3362 return false;
3363 }
3364
3365 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3366 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3367 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3368 ///
3369 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3370 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3371 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3372 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3373 ///
3374 /// Targets that care about soft float support should return false when soft
3375 /// float code is being generated (i.e. use-soft-float).
3377 EVT) const {
3378 return false;
3379 }
3380
3381 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3382 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3383 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3384 ///
3385 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3386 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3387 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3388 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3390 LLT) const {
3391 return false;
3392 }
3393
3394 /// IR version
3395 virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const {
3396 return false;
3397 }
3398
3399 /// Returns true if \p MI can be combined with another instruction to
3400 /// form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD. \p N may be an TargetOpcode::G_FADD,
3401 /// TargetOpcode::G_FSUB, or an TargetOpcode::G_FMUL which will be
3402 /// distributed into an fadd/fsub.
3403 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const {
3404 assert((MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FADD ||
3405 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FSUB ||
3406 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FMUL) &&
3407 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3408 switch (Ty.getScalarSizeInBits()) {
3409 case 16:
3410 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f16);
3411 case 32:
3412 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f32);
3413 case 64:
3414 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f64);
3415 default:
3416 break;
3417 }
3418
3419 return false;
3420 }
3421
3422 /// Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD. \p N may be an
3423 /// ISD::FADD, ISD::FSUB, or an ISD::FMUL which will be distributed into an
3424 /// fadd/fsub.
3425 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const {
3426 assert((N->getOpcode() == ISD::FADD || N->getOpcode() == ISD::FSUB ||
3427 N->getOpcode() == ISD::FMUL) &&
3428 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3429 return isOperationLegal(ISD::FMAD, N->getValueType(0));
3430 }
3431
3432 // Return true when the decision to generate FMA's (or FMS, FMLA etc) rather
3433 // than FMUL and ADD is delegated to the machine combiner.
3435 CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const {
3436 return false;
3437 }
3438
3439 /// Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to
3440 /// DestVT. e.g. on x86, it's profitable to narrow from i32 to i8 but not from
3441 /// i32 to i16.
3442 virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const {
3443 return false;
3444 }
3445
3446 /// Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity
3447 /// constant is profitable. This is the inverse of an IR transform.
3448 /// Example: X + (Cond ? Y : 0) --> Cond ? (X + Y) : X
3449 virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT,
3450 unsigned SelectOpcode,
3451 SDValue X,
3452 SDValue Y) const {
3453 return false;
3454 }
3455
3456 /// Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to
3457 /// just the constant itself.
3458 /// On some targets it might be more efficient to use a combination of
3459 /// arithmetic instructions to materialize the constant instead of loading it
3460 /// from a constant pool.
3462 Type *Ty) const {
3463 return false;
3464 }
3465
3466 /// Return true if EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is cheap for extracting this result type
3467 /// from this source type with this index. This is needed because
3468 /// EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR usually has custom lowering that depends on the index of
3469 /// the first element, and only the target knows which lowering is cheap.
3470 virtual bool isExtractSubvectorCheap(EVT ResVT, EVT SrcVT,
3471 unsigned Index) const {
3472 return false;
3473 }
3474
3475 /// Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an
3476 /// extract element followed by a scalar operation.
3477 virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const {
3478 return false;
3479 }
3480
3481 /// Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type
3482 /// at the given index is cheap. For example, if scalar operations occur on
3483 /// the same register file as vector operations, then an extract element may
3484 /// be a sub-register rename rather than an actual instruction.
3485 virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const {
3486 return false;
3487 }
3488
3489 /// Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG
3490 /// node operation. Targets may want to override this independently of whether
3491 /// the operation is legal/custom for the given type because it may obscure
3492 /// matching of other patterns.
3493 virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT,
3494 bool MathUsed) const {
3495 // Form it if it is legal.
3496 if (isOperationLegal(Opcode, VT))
3497 return true;
3498
3499 // TODO: The default logic is inherited from code in CodeGenPrepare.
3500 // The opcode should not make a difference by default?
3501 if (Opcode != ISD::UADDO)
3502 return false;
3503
3504 // Allow the transform as long as we have an integer type that is not
3505 // obviously illegal and unsupported and if the math result is used
3506 // besides the overflow check. On some targets (e.g. SPARC), it is
3507 // not profitable to form on overflow op if the math result has no
3508 // concrete users.
3509 if (VT.isVector())
3510 return false;
3511 return MathUsed && (VT.isSimple() || !isOperationExpand(Opcode, VT));
3512 }
3513
3514 // Return true if the target wants to optimize the mul overflow intrinsic
3515 // for the given \p VT.
3517 EVT VT) const {
3518 return false;
3519 }
3520
3521 // Return true if it is profitable to use a scalar input to a BUILD_VECTOR
3522 // even if the vector itself has multiple uses.
3523 virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const {
3524 return false;
3525 }
3526
3527 // Return true if CodeGenPrepare should consider splitting large offset of a
3528 // GEP to make the GEP fit into the addressing mode and can be sunk into the
3529 // same blocks of its users.
3530 virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const { return false; }
3531
3532 /// Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given
3533 /// amount is not profitable.
3534 virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const {
3535 return false;
3536 }
3537
3538 // Should we fold (select_cc seteq (and x, y), 0, 0, A) -> (and (sra (shl x))
3539 // A) where y has a single bit set?
3541 const APInt &AndMask) const {
3542 unsigned ShCt = AndMask.getBitWidth() - 1;
3543 return !shouldAvoidTransformToShift(VT, ShCt);
3544 }
3545
3546 /// Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register
3547 /// passed to the fp16 to fp conversion library function.
3548 virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const { return false; }
3549
3550 /// Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type VT
3551 /// from min(max(fptoi)) saturation patterns.
3552 virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const {
3553 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(Op, VT);
3554 }
3555
3556 /// Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types
3558 return false;
3559 }
3560
3561 /// True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic
3562 /// semantics for pointers with the given value type. False if pointer
3563 /// arithmetic should not be preserved for passes such as instruction
3564 /// selection, and can fallback to regular arithmetic.
3565 /// This should be removed when PTRADD nodes are widely supported by backends.
3566 virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const {
3567 return false;
3568 }
3569
3570 /// True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer
3571 /// arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds intermediate results.
3573 EVT PtrVT) const {
3574 return false;
3575 }
3576
3577 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving
3578 virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const { return false; }
3579
3580 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation
3581 /// and type
3584 return false;
3585 }
3586
3587 // Get the preferred opcode for FP_TO_XINT nodes.
3588 // By default, this checks if the provded operation is an illegal FP_TO_UINT
3589 // and if so, checks if FP_TO_SINT is legal or custom for use as a
3590 // replacement. If both UINT and SINT conversions are Custom, we choose SINT
3591 // by default because that's the right thing on PPC.
3592 virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT,
3593 EVT ToVT) const {
3594 if (isOperationLegal(Op, ToVT))
3595 return Op;
3596 switch (Op) {
3597 case ISD::FP_TO_UINT:
3599 return ISD::FP_TO_SINT;
3600 break;
3604 break;
3605 case ISD::VP_FP_TO_UINT:
3606 if (isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::VP_FP_TO_SINT, ToVT))
3607 return ISD::VP_FP_TO_SINT;
3608 break;
3609 default:
3610 break;
3611 }
3612 return Op;
3613 }
3614
3615 /// Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
3616 /// If one cannot be created using all the given inputs, nullptr should be
3617 /// returned.
3620 ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB,
3621 Value *Accumulator = nullptr) const {
3622 return nullptr;
3623 }
3624
3626 return RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3627 }
3628
3629 void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl) {
3630 Libcalls.setLibcallImpl(Call, Impl);
3631 }
3632
3633 /// Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
3634 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3635 return Libcalls.getLibcallImpl(Call);
3636 }
3637
3638 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
3639 // FIXME: This should be removed. Only LibcallImpl should have a name.
3640 const char *getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3641 return Libcalls.getLibcallName(Call);
3642 }
3643
3644 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation
3648
3649 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const { return Libcalls.getMemcpyImpl(); }
3650
3651 /// Check if this is valid libcall for the current module, otherwise
3652 /// RTLIB::Unsupported.
3653 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getSupportedLibcallImpl(StringRef FuncName) const {
3654 return RuntimeLibcallInfo.getSupportedLibcallImpl(FuncName);
3655 }
3656
3657 /// Get the comparison predicate that's to be used to test the result of the
3658 /// comparison libcall against zero. This should only be used with
3659 /// floating-point compare libcalls.
3660 ISD::CondCode getSoftFloatCmpLibcallPredicate(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call) const;
3661
3662 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall
3663 /// implementation.
3665 return Libcalls.getLibcallImplCallingConv(Call);
3666 }
3667
3668 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
3669 // FIXME: Remove this wrapper and directly use the used LibcallImpl
3671 return Libcalls.getLibcallCallingConv(Call);
3672 }
3673
3674 /// Execute target specific actions to finalize target lowering.
3675 /// This is used to set extra flags in MachineFrameInformation and freezing
3676 /// the set of reserved registers.
3677 /// The default implementation just freezes the set of reserved registers.
3678 virtual void finalizeLowering(MachineFunction &MF) const;
3679
3680 /// Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there
3681 /// are functions calls between the load and the store.
3682 virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const { return true; }
3683
3684 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3685 // GlobalISel Hooks
3686 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3687 /// Check whether or not \p MI needs to be moved close to its uses.
3688 virtual bool shouldLocalize(const MachineInstr &MI, const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) const;
3689
3690
3691private:
3692 const TargetMachine &TM;
3693
3694 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
3695 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
3696 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
3697 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
3698 bool HasExtractBitsInsn;
3699
3700 /// Tells the code generator to bypass slow divide or remainder
3701 /// instructions. For example, BypassSlowDivWidths[32,8] tells the code
3702 /// generator to bypass 32-bit integer div/rem with an 8-bit unsigned integer
3703 /// div/rem when the operands are positive and less than 256.
3704 DenseMap <unsigned int, unsigned int> BypassSlowDivWidths;
3705
3706 /// Tells the code generator that it shouldn't generate extra flow control
3707 /// instructions and should attempt to combine flow control instructions via
3708 /// predication.
3709 bool JumpIsExpensive;
3710
3711 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3712 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3713 BooleanContent BooleanContents;
3714
3715 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3716 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3717 BooleanContent BooleanFloatContents;
3718
3719 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean vector values
3720 /// when the element type is wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3721 BooleanContent BooleanVectorContents;
3722
3723 /// The target scheduling preference: shortest possible total cycles or lowest
3724 /// register usage.
3725 Sched::Preference SchedPreferenceInfo;
3726
3727 /// The minimum alignment that any argument on the stack needs to have.
3728 Align MinStackArgumentAlignment;
3729
3730 /// The minimum function alignment (used when optimizing for size, and to
3731 /// prevent explicitly provided alignment from leading to incorrect code).
3732 Align MinFunctionAlignment;
3733
3734 /// The preferred function alignment (used when alignment unspecified and
3735 /// optimizing for speed).
3736 Align PrefFunctionAlignment;
3737
3738 /// The preferred loop alignment (in log2 bot in bytes).
3739 Align PrefLoopAlignment;
3740 /// The maximum amount of bytes permitted to be emitted for alignment.
3741 unsigned MaxBytesForAlignment;
3742
3743 /// Size in bits of the maximum atomics size the backend supports.
3744 /// Accesses larger than this will be expanded by AtomicExpandPass.
3745 unsigned MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
3746
3747 /// Size in bits of the maximum div/rem size the backend supports.
3748 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3749 unsigned MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
3750
3751 /// Size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion size the
3752 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by
3753 /// ExpandIRInsts.
3754 unsigned MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
3755
3756 /// Size in bits of the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc operation the
3757 /// backend supports.
3758 unsigned MinCmpXchgSizeInBits;
3759
3760 /// The minimum of largest number of comparisons to use bit test for switch.
3761 unsigned MinimumBitTestCmps;
3762
3763 /// This indicates if the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
3764 bool SupportsUnalignedAtomics;
3765
3766 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
3767 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
3768 Register StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
3769
3770 /// This indicates the default register class to use for each ValueType the
3771 /// target supports natively.
3772 const TargetRegisterClass *RegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3773 uint16_t NumRegistersForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3774 MVT RegisterTypeForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3775
3776 /// This indicates the "representative" register class to use for each
3777 /// ValueType the target supports natively. This information is used by the
3778 /// scheduler to track register pressure. By default, the representative
3779 /// register class is the largest legal super-reg register class of the
3780 /// register class of the specified type. e.g. On x86, i8, i16, and i32's
3781 /// representative class would be GR32.
3782 const TargetRegisterClass *RepRegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE] = {nullptr};
3783
3784 /// This indicates the "cost" of the "representative" register class for each
3785 /// ValueType. The cost is used by the scheduler to approximate register
3786 /// pressure.
3787 uint8_t RepRegClassCostForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3788
3789 /// For any value types we are promoting or expanding, this contains the value
3790 /// type that we are changing to. For Expanded types, this contains one step
3791 /// of the expand (e.g. i64 -> i32), even if there are multiple steps required
3792 /// (e.g. i64 -> i16). For types natively supported by the system, this holds
3793 /// the same type (e.g. i32 -> i32).
3794 MVT TransformToType[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3795
3796 /// For each operation and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction that
3797 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the operation. Most
3798 /// operations are Legal (aka, supported natively by the target), but
3799 /// operations that are not should be described. Note that operations on
3800 /// non-legal value types are not described here.
3801 LegalizeAction OpActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END];
3802
3803 /// For each load extension type and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction
3804 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with a load of a
3805 /// specific value type and extension type. Uses 4-bits to store the action
3806 /// for each of the 4 load ext types.
3807 uint16_t LoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3808
3809 /// Similar to LoadExtActions, but for atomic loads. Only Legal or Expand
3810 /// (default) values are supported.
3811 uint16_t AtomicLoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3812
3813 /// For each value type pair keep a LegalizeAction that indicates whether a
3814 /// truncating store of a specific value type and truncating type is legal.
3815 LegalizeAction TruncStoreActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3816
3817 /// For each indexed mode and each value type, keep a quad of LegalizeAction
3818 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the load /
3819 /// store / maskedload / maskedstore.
3820 ///
3821 /// The first dimension is the value_type for the reference. The second
3822 /// dimension represents the various modes for load store.
3823 uint16_t IndexedModeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE];
3824
3825 /// For each condition code (ISD::CondCode) keep a LegalizeAction that
3826 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the condition code.
3827 ///
3828 /// Because each CC action takes up 4 bits, we need to have the array size be
3829 /// large enough to fit all of the value types. This can be done by rounding
3830 /// up the MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE value to the next multiple of 8.
3831 uint32_t CondCodeActions[ISD::SETCC_INVALID][(MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE + 7) / 8];
3832
3833 using PartialReduceActionTypes =
3834 std::tuple<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType, MVT::SimpleValueType>;
3835 /// For each partial reduce opcode, result type and input type combination,
3836 /// keep a LegalizeAction which indicates how instruction selection should
3837 /// deal with this operation.
3838 DenseMap<PartialReduceActionTypes, LegalizeAction> PartialReduceMLAActions;
3839
3840 ValueTypeActionImpl ValueTypeActions;
3841
3842private:
3843 /// Targets can specify ISD nodes that they would like PerformDAGCombine
3844 /// callbacks for by calling setTargetDAGCombine(), which sets a bit in this
3845 /// array.
3846 unsigned char
3847 TargetDAGCombineArray[(ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END+CHAR_BIT-1)/CHAR_BIT];
3848
3849 /// For operations that must be promoted to a specific type, this holds the
3850 /// destination type. This map should be sparse, so don't hold it as an
3851 /// array.
3852 ///
3853 /// Targets add entries to this map with AddPromotedToType(..), clients access
3854 /// this with getTypeToPromoteTo(..).
3855 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>, MVT::SimpleValueType>
3856 PromoteToType;
3857
3858 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
3859 const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3860
3861 /// The list of libcalls that the target will use.
3862 LibcallLoweringInfo Libcalls;
3863
3864 /// The bits of IndexedModeActions used to store the legalisation actions
3865 /// We store the data as | ML | MS | L | S | each taking 4 bits.
3866 enum IndexedModeActionsBits {
3867 IMAB_Store = 0,
3868 IMAB_Load = 4,
3869 IMAB_MaskedStore = 8,
3870 IMAB_MaskedLoad = 12
3871 };
3872
3873 void setIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, unsigned Shift,
3874 LegalizeAction Action) {
3875 assert(VT.isValid() && IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE &&
3876 (unsigned)Action < 0xf && "Table isn't big enough!");
3877 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
3878 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] &= ~(0xf << Shift);
3879 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] |= ((uint16_t)Action) << Shift;
3880 }
3881
3882 LegalizeAction getIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
3883 unsigned Shift) const {
3884 assert(IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE && VT.isValid() &&
3885 "Table isn't big enough!");
3886 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
3887 return (LegalizeAction)((IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] >> Shift) & 0xf);
3888 }
3889
3890protected:
3891 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
3892 /// \pre \p I is a sign, zero, or fp extension and
3893 /// is[Z|FP]ExtFree of the related types is not true.
3894 virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const { return false; }
3895
3896 /// Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain
3897 /// dependencies when trying to find a more preferable chain. As an
3898 /// approximation, this should be more than the number of consecutive stores
3899 /// expected to be merged.
3901
3902 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
3903 ///
3904 /// When lowering \@llvm.memset this field specifies the maximum number of
3905 /// store operations that may be substituted for the call to memset. Targets
3906 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
3907 /// should assume that the memset will be done using as many of the largest
3908 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
3909 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
3910 /// with 16-bit alignment would result in four 2-byte stores and one 1-byte
3911 /// store. This only applies to setting a constant array of a constant size.
3913 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
3915
3916 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
3917 ///
3918 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcpy this field specifies the maximum number of
3919 /// store operations that may be substituted for a call to memcpy. Targets
3920 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
3921 /// should assume that the memcpy will be done using as many of the largest
3922 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
3923 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
3924 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte store, a one 2-byte store
3925 /// and one 1-byte store. This only applies to copying a constant array of
3926 /// constant size.
3928 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
3930 /// \brief Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
3931 ///
3932 /// When memcpy is inlined based on MaxStoresPerMemcpy, specify maximum number
3933 /// of store instructions to keep together. This helps in pairing and
3934 // vectorization later on.
3936
3937 /// \brief Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
3938 ///
3939 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcmp this field specifies the maximum number of
3940 /// pairs of load operations that may be substituted for a call to memcmp.
3941 /// Targets must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target.
3942 /// Targets should assume that the memcmp will be done using as many of the
3943 /// largest load operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
3944 /// alignment restrictions. For example, loading 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
3945 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte load, a one 2-byte load
3946 /// and one 1-byte load. This only applies to copying a constant array of
3947 /// constant size.
3949 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
3951
3952 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
3953 ///
3954 /// When lowering \@llvm.memmove this field specifies the maximum number of
3955 /// store instructions that may be substituted for a call to memmove. Targets
3956 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
3957 /// should assume that the memmove will be done using as many of the largest
3958 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
3959 /// alignment restrictions. For example, moving 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
3960 /// with 8-bit alignment would result in nine 1-byte stores. This only
3961 /// applies to copying a constant array of constant size.
3963 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
3965
3966 /// Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if
3967 /// the branch is usually predicted right.
3969
3970 /// \see enableExtLdPromotion.
3972
3973 /// Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified
3974 /// register class are all legal.
3975 bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
3976 const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const;
3977
3978 /// Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent
3979 /// sequence of memory operands that is recognized by PrologEpilogInserter.
3981 MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
3982
3984};
3985
3986/// This class defines information used to lower LLVM code to legal SelectionDAG
3987/// operators that the target instruction selector can accept natively.
3988///
3989/// This class also defines callbacks that targets must implement to lower
3990/// target-specific constructs to SelectionDAG operators.
3992public:
3993 struct DAGCombinerInfo;
3994 struct MakeLibCallOptions;
3995
3998
3999 explicit TargetLowering(const TargetMachine &TM,
4000 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
4002
4003 bool isPositionIndependent() const;
4004
4007 UniformityInfo *UA) const {
4008 return false;
4009 }
4010
4011 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4012 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4013 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4014 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4015 // DAGCombiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4016 // restrict common combiner.
4018 SDValue N1) const {
4019 return N0.hasOneUse();
4020 }
4021
4022 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4023 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4024 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4025 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4026 // combiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4027 // restrict common combiner.
4029 Register N1) const {
4030 return MRI.hasOneNonDBGUse(N0);
4031 }
4032
4033 virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode * N) const {
4034 return false;
4035 }
4036
4037 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4038 /// by reference if the node's address can be legally represented as
4039 /// pre-indexed load / store address.
4040 virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDValue &/*Base*/,
4041 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4042 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4043 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4044 return false;
4045 }
4046
4047 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4048 /// by reference if this node can be combined with a load / store to form a
4049 /// post-indexed load / store.
4050 virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDNode * /*Op*/,
4051 SDValue &/*Base*/,
4052 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4053 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4054 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4055 return false;
4056 }
4057
4058 /// Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing
4059 /// mode for this target. \p MI is the load or store instruction that is being
4060 /// considered for transformation.
4062 bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const {
4063 return false;
4064 }
4065
4066 /// Return the entry encoding for a jump table in the current function. The
4067 /// returned value is a member of the MachineJumpTableInfo::JTEntryKind enum.
4068 virtual unsigned getJumpTableEncoding() const;
4069
4070 virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
4071 return getPointerTy(DL);
4072 }
4073
4074 virtual const MCExpr *
4076 const MachineBasicBlock * /*MBB*/, unsigned /*uid*/,
4077 MCContext &/*Ctx*/) const {
4078 llvm_unreachable("Need to implement this hook if target has custom JTIs");
4079 }
4080
4081 /// Returns relocation base for the given PIC jumptable.
4082 virtual SDValue getPICJumpTableRelocBase(SDValue Table,
4083 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4084
4085 /// This returns the relocation base for the given PIC jumptable, the same as
4086 /// getPICJumpTableRelocBase, but as an MCExpr.
4087 virtual const MCExpr *
4088 getPICJumpTableRelocBaseExpr(const MachineFunction *MF,
4089 unsigned JTI, MCContext &Ctx) const;
4090
4091 /// Return true if folding a constant offset with the given GlobalAddress is
4092 /// legal. It is frequently not legal in PIC relocation models.
4093 virtual bool isOffsetFoldingLegal(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA) const;
4094
4095 /// On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP
4096 /// instruction, which can use either a memory constraint or an address
4097 /// constraint. -fasm-blocks "__asm call foo" lowers to
4098 /// call void asm sideeffect inteldialect "call ${0:P}", "*m..."
4099 ///
4100 /// This function is used by a hack to choose the address constraint,
4101 /// lowering to a direct call.
4102 virtual bool
4104 unsigned OpNo) const {
4105 return false;
4106 }
4107
4109 SDValue &Chain) const;
4110
4111 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4112 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4113 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4114 const SDValue OldRHS) const;
4115
4116 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4117 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4118 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4119 const SDValue OldRHS, SDValue &Chain,
4120 bool IsSignaling = false) const;
4121
4123 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4124 SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr,
4125 SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const {
4126 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4127 }
4128
4130 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4131 SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val,
4132 SDValue Mask) const {
4133 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4134 }
4135
4136 /// Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
4137 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::Unsupported as \p LibcallImpl
4138 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue>
4139 makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT,
4140 ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4141 const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const;
4142
4143 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as \p LC.
4144 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC,
4145 EVT RetVT, ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops,
4146 MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4147 const SDLoc &dl,
4148 SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const {
4149 return makeLibCall(DAG, getLibcallImpl(LC), RetVT, Ops, CallOptions, dl,
4150 Chain);
4151 }
4152
4153 /// Check whether parameters to a call that are passed in callee saved
4154 /// registers are the same as from the calling function. This needs to be
4155 /// checked for tail call eligibility.
4156 bool parametersInCSRMatch(const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4157 const uint32_t *CallerPreservedMask,
4158 const SmallVectorImpl<CCValAssign> &ArgLocs,
4159 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &OutVals) const;
4160
4161 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4162 // TargetLowering Optimization Methods
4163 //
4164
4165 /// A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for
4166 /// returning information from TargetLowering to its clients that want to
4167 /// combine.
4174
4176 bool LT, bool LO) :
4177 DAG(InDAG), LegalTys(LT), LegalOps(LO) {}
4178
4179 bool LegalTypes() const { return LegalTys; }
4180 bool LegalOperations() const { return LegalOps; }
4181
4183 Old = O;
4184 New = N;
4185 return true;
4186 }
4187 };
4188
4189 /// Determines the optimal series of memory ops to replace the memset / memcpy.
4190 /// Return true if the number of memory ops is below the threshold (Limit).
4191 /// Note that this is always the case when Limit is ~0.
4192 /// It returns the types of the sequence of memory ops to perform
4193 /// memset / memcpy by reference.
4194 virtual bool
4195 findOptimalMemOpLowering(LLVMContext &Context, std::vector<EVT> &MemOps,
4196 unsigned Limit, const MemOp &Op, unsigned DstAS,
4197 unsigned SrcAS,
4198 const AttributeList &FuncAttributes) const;
4199
4200 /// Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a
4201 /// constant integer. If so, check to see if there are any bits set in the
4202 /// constant that are not demanded. If so, shrink the constant and return
4203 /// true.
4205 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4206 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4207
4208 /// Helper wrapper around ShrinkDemandedConstant, demanding all elements.
4210 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4211
4212 // Target hook to do target-specific const optimization, which is called by
4213 // ShrinkDemandedConstant. This function should return true if the target
4214 // doesn't want ShrinkDemandedConstant to further optimize the constant.
4216 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4217 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4218 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4219 return false;
4220 }
4221
4222 /// Convert x+y to (VT)((SmallVT)x+(SmallVT)y) if the casts are free.
4223 /// This uses isTruncateFree/isZExtFree and ANY_EXTEND for the widening cast,
4224 /// but it could be generalized for targets with other types of implicit
4225 /// widening casts.
4226 bool ShrinkDemandedOp(SDValue Op, unsigned BitWidth,
4227 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4228 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4229
4230 /// Look at Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedBits bits of the
4231 /// result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use this information to
4232 /// simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and return true, returning
4233 /// the original and new nodes in Old and New. Otherwise, analyze the
4234 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4235 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4236 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4237 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4238 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4239 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4240 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4241 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4242 /// has multiple uses.
4243 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4244 const APInt &DemandedElts, KnownBits &Known,
4245 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4246 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4247
4248 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits, demanding all elements.
4249 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4250 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4251 KnownBits &Known, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4252 unsigned Depth = 0,
4253 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4254
4255 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4256 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4257 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4258 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4259
4260 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4261 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4262 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4263 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4264 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4265
4266 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4267 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4268 /// bitwise ops etc.
4269 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4270 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4271 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4272 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4273
4274 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4275 /// elements.
4276 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4277 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4278 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4279
4280 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4281 /// bits from only some vector elements.
4282 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op,
4283 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4284 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4285 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4286
4287 /// Look at Vector Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedElts
4288 /// elements of the result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use
4289 /// this information to simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and
4290 /// return true, storing the original and new nodes in TLO.
4291 /// Otherwise, analyze the expression and return a mask of KnownUndef and
4292 /// KnownZero elements for the expression (used to simplify the caller).
4293 /// The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be accurate for those bits
4294 /// in the DemandedMask.
4295 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4296 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4297 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4298 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4299 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4300 /// has multiple uses.
4301 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedEltMask,
4302 APInt &KnownUndef, APInt &KnownZero,
4303 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4304 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4305
4306 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedVectorElts.
4307 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4308 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4309 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4310
4311 /// Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by
4312 /// converting them to undefs.
4313 virtual bool
4315 const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4316 return true;
4317 }
4318
4319 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4320 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4321 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4322 /// requested vector elements.
4323 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4324 KnownBits &Known,
4325 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4326 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4327 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4328
4329 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4330 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4331 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4332 /// requested vector elements. This is for GISel.
4333 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4334 Register R, KnownBits &Known,
4335 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4336 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4337 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4338
4339 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4340 Register R,
4341 KnownFPClass &Known,
4342 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4343 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4344 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4345
4346 /// Determine the known alignment for the pointer value \p R. This is can
4347 /// typically be inferred from the number of low known 0 bits. However, for a
4348 /// pointer with a non-integral address space, the alignment value may be
4349 /// independent from the known low bits.
4350 virtual Align computeKnownAlignForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4351 Register R,
4352 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4353 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4354
4355 /// Determine which of the bits of FrameIndex \p FIOp are known to be 0.
4356 /// Default implementation computes low bits based on alignment
4357 /// information. This should preserve known bits passed into it.
4358 virtual void computeKnownBitsForFrameIndex(int FIOp,
4359 KnownBits &Known,
4360 const MachineFunction &MF) const;
4361
4362 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4363 /// information about sign bits to the DAG Combiner. The DemandedElts
4364 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4365 /// by the requested vector elements.
4366 virtual unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4367 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4368 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4369 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4370
4371 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4372 /// information about sign bits to GlobalISel combiners. The DemandedElts
4373 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4374 /// by the requested vector elements.
4375 virtual unsigned computeNumSignBitsForTargetInstr(
4376 GISelValueTracking &Analysis, Register R, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4377 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4378
4379 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded vector
4380 /// elements, returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the expression and
4381 /// return a mask of KnownUndef and KnownZero elements for the expression
4382 /// (used to simplify the caller). The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be
4383 /// accurate for those bits in the DemandedMask.
4384 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedVectorEltsForTargetNode(
4385 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, APInt &KnownUndef,
4386 APInt &KnownZero, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4387
4388 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded bits/elts,
4389 /// returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the
4390 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4391 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4392 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4393 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4394 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4395 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4396 KnownBits &Known,
4397 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4398 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4399
4400 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4401 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4402 /// bitwise ops etc.
4403 virtual SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBitsForTargetNode(
4404 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4405 SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Depth) const;
4406
4407 /// Return true if this function can prove that \p Op is never poison
4408 /// and, if \p PoisonOnly is false, does not have undef bits. The DemandedElts
4409 /// argument limits the check to the requested vector elements.
4410 virtual bool isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4411 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4412 bool PoisonOnly, unsigned Depth) const;
4413
4414 /// Return true if Op can create undef or poison from non-undef & non-poison
4415 /// operands. The DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested
4416 /// vector elements.
4417 virtual bool
4418 canCreateUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4419 const SelectionDAG &DAG, bool PoisonOnly,
4420 bool ConsiderFlags, unsigned Depth) const;
4421
4422 /// Tries to build a legal vector shuffle using the provided parameters
4423 /// or equivalent variations. The Mask argument maybe be modified as the
4424 /// function tries different variations.
4425 /// Returns an empty SDValue if the operation fails.
4426 SDValue buildLegalVectorShuffle(EVT VT, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue N0,
4428 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4429
4430 /// This method returns the constant pool value that will be loaded by LD.
4431 /// NOTE: You must check for implicit extensions of the constant by LD.
4432 virtual const Constant *getTargetConstantFromLoad(LoadSDNode *LD) const;
4433
4434 /// If \p SNaN is false, \returns true if \p Op is known to never be any
4435 /// NaN. If \p sNaN is true, returns if \p Op is known to never be a signaling
4436 /// NaN.
4437 virtual bool isKnownNeverNaNForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4438 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4439 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4440 bool SNaN = false,
4441 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4442
4443 /// Return true if vector \p Op has the same value across all \p DemandedElts,
4444 /// indicating any elements which may be undef in the output \p UndefElts.
4445 virtual bool isSplatValueForTargetNode(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4446 APInt &UndefElts,
4447 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4448 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4449
4450 /// Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the
4451 /// target, which should not be transformed back into a BUILD_VECTOR.
4453 return Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR ||
4454 Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS;
4455 }
4456
4457 /// Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and
4458 /// not be transformed. Currently only used for "vselect (not Cond), N1, N2 ->
4459 /// vselect Cond, N2, N1".
4460 virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const { return false; }
4461
4463 void *DC; // The DAG Combiner object.
4466
4467 public:
4469
4470 DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
4471 : DC(dc), Level(level), CalledByLegalizer(cl), DAG(dag) {}
4472
4473 bool isBeforeLegalize() const { return Level == BeforeLegalizeTypes; }
4475 bool isAfterLegalizeDAG() const { return Level >= AfterLegalizeDAG; }
4478
4479 LLVM_ABI void AddToWorklist(SDNode *N);
4480 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, ArrayRef<SDValue> To,
4481 bool AddTo = true);
4482 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res, bool AddTo = true);
4483 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res0, SDValue Res1,
4484 bool AddTo = true);
4485
4486 LLVM_ABI bool recursivelyDeleteUnusedNodes(SDNode *N);
4487
4488 LLVM_ABI void CommitTargetLoweringOpt(const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO);
4489 };
4490
4491 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the true value
4492 /// from getBooleanContents().
4493 bool isConstTrueVal(SDValue N) const;
4494
4495 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the false value
4496 /// from getBooleanContents().
4497 bool isConstFalseVal(SDValue N) const;
4498
4499 /// Return if \p N is a True value when extended to \p VT.
4500 bool isExtendedTrueVal(const ConstantSDNode *N, EVT VT, bool SExt) const;
4501
4502 /// Try to simplify a setcc built with the specified operands and cc. If it is
4503 /// unable to simplify it, return a null SDValue.
4504 SDValue SimplifySetCC(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
4505 bool foldBooleans, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
4506 const SDLoc &dl) const;
4507
4508 // For targets which wrap address, unwrap for analysis.
4509 virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const { return N; }
4510
4511 /// Returns true (and the GlobalValue and the offset) if the node is a
4512 /// GlobalAddress + offset.
4513 virtual bool
4514 isGAPlusOffset(SDNode *N, const GlobalValue* &GA, int64_t &Offset) const;
4515
4516 /// This method will be invoked for all target nodes and for any
4517 /// target-independent nodes that the target has registered with invoke it
4518 /// for.
4519 ///
4520 /// The semantics are as follows:
4521 /// Return Value:
4522 /// SDValue.Val == 0 - No change was made
4523 /// SDValue.Val == N - N was replaced, is dead, and is already handled.
4524 /// otherwise - N should be replaced by the returned Operand.
4525 ///
4526 /// In addition, methods provided by DAGCombinerInfo may be used to perform
4527 /// more complex transformations.
4528 ///
4529 virtual SDValue PerformDAGCombine(SDNode *N, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4530
4531 /// Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount
4532 /// through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as necessary to
4533 /// preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable if it
4534 /// disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g. bitfield
4535 /// extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4536 ///
4537 /// @param N the shift node
4538 /// @param Level the current DAGCombine legalization level.
4540 CombineLevel Level) const {
4541 SDValue ShiftLHS = N->getOperand(0);
4542 if (!ShiftLHS->hasOneUse())
4543 return false;
4544 if (ShiftLHS.getOpcode() == ISD::SIGN_EXTEND &&
4545 !ShiftLHS.getOperand(0)->hasOneUse())
4546 return false;
4547 return true;
4548 }
4549
4550 /// GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a
4551 /// constant amount through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as
4552 /// necessary to preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable
4553 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4554 /// bitfield extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4555 ///
4556 /// @param MI the shift instruction
4557 /// @param IsAfterLegal true if running after legalization.
4559 bool IsAfterLegal) const {
4560 return true;
4561 }
4562
4563 /// GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine:
4564 /// shl ([sza]ext x), y => zext (shl x, y)
4565 virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const {
4566 return true;
4567 }
4568
4569 // Return AndOrSETCCFoldKind::{AddAnd, ABS} if its desirable to try and
4570 // optimize LogicOp(SETCC0, SETCC1). An example (what is implemented as of
4571 // writing this) is:
4572 // With C as a power of 2 and C != 0 and C != INT_MIN:
4573 // AddAnd:
4574 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4575 // -> (icmp eq and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4576 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4577 // -> (icmp ne and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4578 // ABS:
4579 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4580 // -> (icmp eq Abs(A), C)
4581 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4582 // -> (icmp ne Abs(A), C)
4583 //
4584 // @param LogicOp the logic op
4585 // @param SETCC0 the first of the SETCC nodes
4586 // @param SETCC0 the second of the SETCC nodes
4588 const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const {
4590 }
4591
4592 /// Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift
4593 /// to create a logical shift of NOT. This transformation may not be desirable
4594 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4595 /// BIC on ARM/AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4596 virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const {
4597 return true;
4598 }
4599
4600 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type
4601 /// and it is 'desirable' to use the type for the given node type. e.g. On x86
4602 /// i16 is legal, but undesirable since i16 instruction encodings are longer
4603 /// and some i16 instructions are slow.
4604 virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned /*Opc*/, EVT VT) const {
4605 // By default, assume all legal types are desirable.
4606 return isTypeLegal(VT);
4607 }
4608
4609 /// Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating
4610 /// point op of specified opcode to a equivalent op of an integer
4611 /// type. e.g. f32 load -> i32 load can be profitable on ARM.
4612 virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned /*Opc*/,
4613 EVT /*VT*/) const {
4614 return false;
4615 }
4616
4617 /// This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to
4618 /// promote the specified node. If true, it should return the desired
4619 /// promotion type by reference.
4620 virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue /*Op*/, EVT &/*PVT*/) const {
4621 return false;
4622 }
4623
4624 /// Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute. It optimizes
4625 /// loads and stores to reading and writing a specific register.
4626 virtual bool supportSwiftError() const {
4627 return false;
4628 }
4629
4630 /// Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given
4631 /// machine function is handled explicitly via copies.
4632 virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const {
4633 return false;
4634 }
4635
4636 /// Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
4637 virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const { return false; }
4638
4639 /// Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
4640 virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const { return false; }
4641
4642 /// Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly
4643 /// via copies. This function is called at the beginning of instruction
4644 /// selection.
4645 virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const {
4646 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4647 }
4648
4649 /// Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks. We copy a subset of
4650 /// CSRs to virtual registers in the entry block, and copy them back to
4651 /// physical registers in the exit blocks. This function is called at the end
4652 /// of instruction selection.
4654 MachineBasicBlock *Entry,
4655 const SmallVectorImpl<MachineBasicBlock *> &Exits) const {
4656 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4657 }
4658
4659 /// Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and
4660 /// set the cost in \p Cost to indicate that if it is cheaper or neutral to
4661 /// do the negation.
4662 virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG,
4663 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4664 NegatibleCost &Cost,
4665 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4666
4668 SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4670 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4672 SDValue Neg =
4673 getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4674 if (!Neg)
4675 return SDValue();
4676
4677 if (Cost <= CostThreshold)
4678 return Neg;
4679
4680 // Remove the new created node to avoid the side effect to the DAG.
4681 if (Neg->use_empty())
4682 DAG.RemoveDeadNode(Neg.getNode());
4683 return SDValue();
4684 }
4685
4686 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only
4687 /// when the cost is cheaper.
4689 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4690 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4691 return getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize,
4693 }
4694
4695 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if
4696 /// the cost is not expensive.
4698 bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4700 return getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4701 }
4702
4703 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4704 // Lowering methods - These methods must be implemented by targets so that
4705 // the SelectionDAGBuilder code knows how to lower these.
4706 //
4707
4708 /// Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register
4709 /// storing a legal type
4711 SelectionDAG & DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts,
4712 unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4713 return false;
4714 }
4715
4716 /// Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value
4717 virtual SDValue
4719 const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts,
4720 MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT,
4721 std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4722 return SDValue();
4723 }
4724
4725 /// This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments,
4726 /// described by the Ins array, into the specified DAG. The implementation
4727 /// should fill in the InVals array with legal-type argument values, and
4728 /// return the resulting token chain value.
4730 SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
4731 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::InputArg> & /*Ins*/, const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
4732 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*InVals*/) const {
4733 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4734 }
4735
4736 /// Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad
4737 /// blocks. The implementation should return the resulting token chain value.
4738 virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL,
4739 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
4740 return SDValue();
4741 }
4742
4743 virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC,
4744 ArgListTy &Args) const {}
4745
4746 /// This structure contains the information necessary for lowering
4747 /// pointer-authenticating indirect calls. It is equivalent to the "ptrauth"
4748 /// operand bundle found on the call instruction, if any.
4753
4754 /// This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering
4755 /// calls. It is passed to TLI::LowerCallTo when the SelectionDAG builder
4756 /// needs to lower a call, and targets will see this struct in their LowerCall
4757 /// implementation.
4760 /// Original unlegalized return type.
4761 Type *OrigRetTy = nullptr;
4762 /// Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
4763 Type *RetTy = nullptr;
4764 bool RetSExt : 1;
4765 bool RetZExt : 1;
4766 bool IsVarArg : 1;
4767 bool IsInReg : 1;
4773 bool NoMerge : 1;
4774
4775 // IsTailCall should be modified by implementations of
4776 // TargetLowering::LowerCall that perform tail call conversions.
4777 bool IsTailCall = false;
4778
4779 // Is Call lowering done post SelectionDAG type legalization.
4781
4782 unsigned NumFixedArgs = -1;
4788 const CallBase *CB = nullptr;
4793 const ConstantInt *CFIType = nullptr;
4796
4797 std::optional<PtrAuthInfo> PAI;
4798
4804
4806 DL = dl;
4807 return *this;
4808 }
4809
4811 Chain = InChain;
4812 return *this;
4813 }
4814
4815 // setCallee with target/module-specific attributes
4817 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
4818 return setLibCallee(CC, ResultType, ResultType, Target,
4819 std::move(ArgsList));
4820 }
4821
4823 Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target,
4824 ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
4825 OrigRetTy = OrigResultType;
4826 RetTy = ResultType;
4827 Callee = Target;
4828 CallConv = CC;
4829 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
4830 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4831
4832 DAG.getTargetLoweringInfo().markLibCallAttributes(
4833 &(DAG.getMachineFunction()), CC, Args);
4834 return *this;
4835 }
4836
4838 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
4839 AttributeSet ResultAttrs = {}) {
4840 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
4841 IsInReg = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::InReg);
4842 RetSExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::SExt);
4843 RetZExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::ZExt);
4844 NoMerge = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::NoMerge);
4845
4846 Callee = Target;
4847 CallConv = CC;
4848 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
4849 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4850 return *this;
4851 }
4852
4854 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
4855 const CallBase &Call) {
4856 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
4857
4858 IsInReg = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::InReg);
4860 Call.doesNotReturn() ||
4861 (!isa<InvokeInst>(Call) && isa<UnreachableInst>(Call.getNextNode()));
4862 IsVarArg = FTy->isVarArg();
4863 IsReturnValueUsed = !Call.use_empty();
4864 RetSExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::SExt);
4865 RetZExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::ZExt);
4866 NoMerge = Call.hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoMerge);
4867
4868 Callee = Target;
4869
4870 CallConv = Call.getCallingConv();
4871 NumFixedArgs = FTy->getNumParams();
4872 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4873
4874 CB = &Call;
4875
4876 return *this;
4877 }
4878
4880 IsInReg = Value;
4881 return *this;
4882 }
4883
4886 return *this;
4887 }
4888
4890 IsVarArg = Value;
4891 return *this;
4892 }
4893
4895 IsTailCall = Value;
4896 return *this;
4897 }
4898
4901 return *this;
4902 }
4903
4906 return *this;
4907 }
4908
4910 RetSExt = Value;
4911 return *this;
4912 }
4913
4915 RetZExt = Value;
4916 return *this;
4917 }
4918
4921 return *this;
4922 }
4923
4926 return *this;
4927 }
4928
4930 PAI = Value;
4931 return *this;
4932 }
4933
4936 return *this;
4937 }
4938
4940 CFIType = Type;
4941 return *this;
4942 }
4943
4946 return *this;
4947 }
4948
4950 DeactivationSymbol = Sym;
4951 return *this;
4952 }
4953
4955 return Args;
4956 }
4957 };
4958
4959 /// This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
4961 // By passing type list before soften to makeLibCall, the target hook
4962 // shouldExtendTypeInLibCall can get the original type before soften.
4966
4967 bool IsSigned : 1;
4971 bool IsSoften : 1;
4972
4976
4978 IsSigned = Value;
4979 return *this;
4980 }
4981
4984 return *this;
4985 }
4986
4989 return *this;
4990 }
4991
4994 return *this;
4995 }
4996
4998 OpsVTBeforeSoften = OpsVT;
4999 RetVTBeforeSoften = RetVT;
5000 IsSoften = true;
5001 return *this;
5002 }
5003
5004 /// Override the argument type for an operand. Leave the type as null to use
5005 /// the type from the operand's node.
5007 OpsTypeOverrides = OpsTypes;
5008 return *this;
5009 }
5010 };
5011
5012 /// This function lowers an abstract call to a function into an actual call.
5013 /// This returns a pair of operands. The first element is the return value
5014 /// for the function (if RetTy is not VoidTy). The second element is the
5015 /// outgoing token chain. It calls LowerCall to do the actual lowering.
5016 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> LowerCallTo(CallLoweringInfo &CLI) const;
5017
5018 /// This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified
5019 /// DAG. The outgoing arguments to the call are described by the Outs array,
5020 /// and the values to be returned by the call are described by the Ins
5021 /// array. The implementation should fill in the InVals array with legal-type
5022 /// return values from the call, and return the resulting token chain value.
5023 virtual SDValue
5025 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*InVals*/) const {
5026 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5027 }
5028
5029 /// Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
5030 virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const {}
5031
5032 /// This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values
5033 /// described by the Outs array can fit into the return registers. If false
5034 /// is returned, an sret-demotion is performed.
5035 virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5036 MachineFunction &/*MF*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
5037 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &/*Outs*/,
5038 LLVMContext &/*Context*/, const Type *RetTy) const
5039 {
5040 // Return true by default to get preexisting behavior.
5041 return true;
5042 }
5043
5044 /// This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described
5045 /// by the Outs array, into the specified DAG. The implementation should
5046 /// return the resulting token chain value.
5047 virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5048 bool /*isVarArg*/,
5049 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> & /*Outs*/,
5050 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*OutVals*/,
5051 const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
5052 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/) const {
5053 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5054 }
5055
5056 /// Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node
5057 /// only. It also compute and return the input chain for the tail call.
5058 ///
5059 /// This is used to determine whether it is possible to codegen a libcall as
5060 /// tail call at legalization time.
5061 virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &/*Chain*/) const {
5062 return false;
5063 }
5064
5065 /// Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail
5066 /// call. This is used by optimization passes to determine if it's profitable
5067 /// to duplicate return instructions to enable tailcall optimization.
5068 virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const {
5069 return false;
5070 }
5071
5072 /// Return the register ID of the name passed in. Used by named register
5073 /// global variables extension. There is no target-independent behaviour
5074 /// so the default action is to bail.
5075 virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char* RegName, LLT Ty,
5076 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
5077 report_fatal_error("Named registers not implemented for this target");
5078 }
5079
5080 /// Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a
5081 /// zeroext/signext integer return value. FIXME: Some C calling conventions
5082 /// require the return type to be promoted, but this is not true all the time,
5083 /// e.g. i1/i8/i16 on x86/x86_64. It is also not necessary for non-C calling
5084 /// conventions. The frontend should handle this and include all of the
5085 /// necessary information.
5087 ISD::NodeType /*ExtendKind*/) const {
5088 EVT MinVT = getRegisterType(MVT::i32);
5089 return VT.bitsLT(MinVT) ? MinVT : VT;
5090 }
5091
5092 /// For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple
5093 /// simple types, but the calling convention specifies that the entire struct
5094 /// must be passed in a block of consecutive registers.
5095 virtual bool
5097 bool isVarArg,
5098 const DataLayout &DL) const {
5099 return false;
5100 }
5101
5102 /// For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple
5103 /// smaller types. Usually the halves are ordered according to the endianness
5104 /// but for some platform that would break. So this method will default to
5105 /// matching the endianness but can be overridden.
5106 virtual bool
5108 return DL.isLittleEndian();
5109 }
5110
5111 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as
5112 /// scratch registers.
5114 return nullptr;
5115 }
5116
5117 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be
5118 /// attached into strict FP call.
5122
5123 /// This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
5124 /// It takes a chain node as input and returns the chain for the load itself.
5125 ///
5126 /// Having a callback like this is necessary for targets like SystemZ,
5127 /// which allows a CPU to reuse the result of a previous load indefinitely,
5128 /// even if a cache-coherent store is performed by another CPU. The default
5129 /// implementation does nothing.
5131 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5132 return Chain;
5133 }
5134
5135 /// This callback is invoked by the type legalizer to legalize nodes with an
5136 /// illegal operand type but legal result types. It replaces the
5137 /// LowerOperation callback in the type Legalizer. The reason we can not do
5138 /// away with LowerOperation entirely is that LegalizeDAG isn't yet ready to
5139 /// use this callback.
5140 ///
5141 /// TODO: Consider merging with ReplaceNodeResults.
5142 ///
5143 /// The target places new result values for the node in Results (their number
5144 /// and types must exactly match those of the original return values of
5145 /// the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the node is not
5146 /// to be custom lowered after all.
5147 /// The default implementation calls LowerOperation.
5148 virtual void LowerOperationWrapper(SDNode *N,
5150 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5151
5152 /// This callback is invoked for operations that are unsupported by the
5153 /// target, which are registered to use 'custom' lowering, and whose defined
5154 /// values are all legal. If the target has no operations that require custom
5155 /// lowering, it need not implement this. The default implementation of this
5156 /// aborts.
5157 virtual SDValue LowerOperation(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5158
5159 /// This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the
5160 /// target, and the operation was registered to use 'custom' lowering for that
5161 /// result type. The target places new result values for the node in Results
5162 /// (their number and types must exactly match those of the original return
5163 /// values of the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the
5164 /// node is not to be custom lowered after all.
5165 ///
5166 /// If the target has no operations that require custom lowering, it need not
5167 /// implement this. The default implementation aborts.
5168 virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode * /*N*/,
5169 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*Results*/,
5170 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
5171 llvm_unreachable("ReplaceNodeResults not implemented for this target!");
5172 }
5173
5174 /// This method returns the name of a target specific DAG node.
5175 virtual const char *getTargetNodeName(unsigned Opcode) const;
5176
5177 /// This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the
5178 /// target does not support "fast" ISel.
5180 const TargetLibraryInfo *) const {
5181 return nullptr;
5182 }
5183
5184 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5185 // Inline Asm Support hooks
5186 //
5187
5189 C_Register, // Constraint represents specific register(s).
5190 C_RegisterClass, // Constraint represents any of register(s) in class.
5191 C_Memory, // Memory constraint.
5192 C_Address, // Address constraint.
5193 C_Immediate, // Requires an immediate.
5194 C_Other, // Something else.
5195 C_Unknown // Unsupported constraint.
5196 };
5197
5199 // Generic weights.
5200 CW_Invalid = -1, // No match.
5201 CW_Okay = 0, // Acceptable.
5202 CW_Good = 1, // Good weight.
5203 CW_Better = 2, // Better weight.
5204 CW_Best = 3, // Best weight.
5205
5206 // Well-known weights.
5207 CW_SpecificReg = CW_Okay, // Specific register operands.
5208 CW_Register = CW_Good, // Register operands.
5209 CW_Memory = CW_Better, // Memory operands.
5210 CW_Constant = CW_Best, // Constant operand.
5211 CW_Default = CW_Okay // Default or don't know type.
5212 };
5213
5214 /// This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
5216 /// This contains the actual string for the code, like "m". TargetLowering
5217 /// picks the 'best' code from ConstraintInfo::Codes that most closely
5218 /// matches the operand.
5219 std::string ConstraintCode;
5220
5221 /// Information about the constraint code, e.g. Register, RegisterClass,
5222 /// Memory, Other, Unknown.
5224
5225 /// If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null,
5226 /// otherwise it is the incoming operand to the CallInst. This gets
5227 /// modified as the asm is processed.
5229
5230 /// The ValueType for the operand value.
5231 MVT ConstraintVT = MVT::Other;
5232
5233 /// Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
5236
5237 /// Return true of this is an input operand that is a matching constraint
5238 /// like "4".
5239 LLVM_ABI bool isMatchingInputConstraint() const;
5240
5241 /// If this is an input matching constraint, this method returns the output
5242 /// operand it matches.
5243 LLVM_ABI unsigned getMatchedOperand() const;
5244 };
5245
5246 using AsmOperandInfoVector = std::vector<AsmOperandInfo>;
5247
5248 /// Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the
5249 /// specific constraints and their prefixes, and also tie in the associated
5250 /// operand values. If this returns an empty vector, and if the constraint
5251 /// string itself isn't empty, there was an error parsing.
5253 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI,
5254 const CallBase &Call) const;
5255
5256 /// Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
5257 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5259 AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const;
5260
5261 /// Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
5262 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5264 AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const;
5265
5266 /// Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific
5267 /// AsmOperandInfo, setting OpInfo.ConstraintCode and OpInfo.ConstraintType.
5268 /// If the actual operand being passed in is available, it can be passed in as
5269 /// Op, otherwise an empty SDValue can be passed.
5270 virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5271 SDValue Op,
5272 SelectionDAG *DAG = nullptr) const;
5273
5274 /// Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
5275 virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const;
5276
5277 using ConstraintPair = std::pair<StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType>;
5279 /// Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a
5280 /// sorted Vector of pairs of constraint codes and their types in priority of
5281 /// what we'd prefer to lower them as. This may contain immediates that
5282 /// cannot be lowered, but it is meant to be a machine agnostic order of
5283 /// preferences.
5285
5286 /// Given a physical register constraint (e.g. {edx}), return the register
5287 /// number and the register class for the register.
5288 ///
5289 /// Given a register class constraint, like 'r', if this corresponds directly
5290 /// to an LLVM register class, return a register of 0 and the register class
5291 /// pointer.
5292 ///
5293 /// This should only be used for C_Register constraints. On error, this
5294 /// returns a register number of 0 and a null register class pointer.
5295 virtual std::pair<unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass *>
5297 StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const;
5298
5300 getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const {
5301 if (ConstraintCode == "m")
5303 if (ConstraintCode == "o")
5305 if (ConstraintCode == "X")
5307 if (ConstraintCode == "p")
5310 }
5311
5312 /// Try to replace an X constraint, which matches anything, with another that
5313 /// has more specific requirements based on the type of the corresponding
5314 /// operand. This returns null if there is no replacement to make.
5315 virtual const char *LowerXConstraint(EVT ConstraintVT) const;
5316
5317 /// Lower the specified operand into the Ops vector. If it is invalid, don't
5318 /// add anything to Ops.
5319 virtual void LowerAsmOperandForConstraint(SDValue Op, StringRef Constraint,
5320 std::vector<SDValue> &Ops,
5321 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5322
5323 // Lower custom output constraints. If invalid, return SDValue().
5324 virtual SDValue LowerAsmOutputForConstraint(SDValue &Chain, SDValue &Glue,
5325 const SDLoc &DL,
5326 const AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5327 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5328
5329 // Targets may override this function to collect operands from the CallInst
5330 // and for example, lower them into the SelectionDAG operands.
5331 virtual void CollectTargetIntrinsicOperands(const CallInst &I,
5333 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5334
5335 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5336 // Div utility functions
5337 //
5338
5339 SDValue BuildSDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5340 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5341 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5342 SDValue BuildUDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5343 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5344 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5345 // Build sdiv by power-of-2 with conditional move instructions
5346 SDValue buildSDIVPow2WithCMov(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5347 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5348 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5349
5350 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SDIV lowering for
5351 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5352 /// assumes SDIV is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5353 /// operations.
5354 virtual SDValue BuildSDIVPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5355 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5356 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5357
5358 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SREM lowering for
5359 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5360 /// assumes SREM is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5361 /// operations.
5362 virtual SDValue BuildSREMPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5363 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5364 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5365
5366 /// Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same
5367 /// divisor. If the transform should never be done, return zero. If the
5368 /// transform should be done, return the minimum number of divisor uses
5369 /// that must exist.
5370 virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const {
5371 return 0;
5372 }
5373
5374 /// Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square
5375 /// roots.
5376
5377 /// Return either a square root or its reciprocal estimate value for the input
5378 /// operand.
5379 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5380 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5381 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5382 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5383 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5384 /// The boolean UseOneConstNR output is used to select a Newton-Raphson
5385 /// algorithm implementation that uses either one or two constants.
5386 /// The boolean Reciprocal is used to select whether the estimate is for the
5387 /// square root of the input operand or the reciprocal of its square root.
5388 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5389 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5390 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5391 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5393 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps,
5394 bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const {
5395 return SDValue();
5396 }
5397
5398 /// Try to convert the fminnum/fmaxnum to a compare/select sequence. This is
5399 /// required for correctness since InstCombine might have canonicalized a
5400 /// fcmp+select sequence to a FMINNUM/FMAXNUM intrinsic. If we were to fall
5401 /// through to the default expansion/soften to libcall, we might introduce a
5402 /// link-time dependency on libm into a file that originally did not have one.
5403 SDValue createSelectForFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5404
5405 /// Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
5406 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5407 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5408 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5409 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5410 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5411 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5412 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5413 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5414 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5416 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const {
5417 return SDValue();
5418 }
5419
5420 /// Return a target-dependent comparison result if the input operand is
5421 /// suitable for use with a square root estimate calculation. For example, the
5422 /// comparison may check if the operand is NAN, INF, zero, normal, etc. The
5423 /// result should be used as the condition operand for a select or branch.
5424 virtual SDValue getSqrtInputTest(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5425 const DenormalMode &Mode) const;
5426
5427 /// Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for
5428 /// use with a square root estimate calculation.
5430 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5431 return DAG.getConstantFP(0.0, SDLoc(Operand), Operand.getValueType());
5432 }
5433
5434 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5435 // Legalization utility functions
5436 //
5437
5438 /// Expand a MUL or [US]MUL_LOHI of n-bit values into two or four nodes,
5439 /// respectively, each computing an n/2-bit part of the result.
5440 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the parts of the result
5441 /// in little-endian order.
5442 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5443 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5444 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5445 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5446 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5447 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not
5448 bool expandMUL_LOHI(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue LHS,
5449 SDValue RHS, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
5450 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5451 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5452 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5453
5454 /// Expand a MUL into two nodes. One that computes the high bits of
5455 /// the result and one that computes the low bits.
5456 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi nodes.
5457 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5458 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5459 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5460 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5461 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5462 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded. false if it has not
5463 bool expandMUL(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi, EVT HiLoVT,
5464 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5465 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5466 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5467
5468 /// Attempt to expand an n-bit div/rem/divrem by constant using a n/2-bit
5469 /// urem by constant and other arithmetic ops. The n/2-bit urem by constant
5470 /// will be expanded by DAGCombiner. This is not possible for all constant
5471 /// divisors.
5472 /// \param N Node to expand
5473 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the lo and high parts of
5474 /// the results. For *DIVREM, this will be the quotient parts followed
5475 /// by the remainder parts.
5476 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi parts. Should be
5477 /// half of VT.
5478 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the operation. You can use this
5479 /// parameter if you want to control how low bits are extracted from
5480 /// the LHS.
5481 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the operation. See LL for meaning.
5482 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not.
5483 bool expandDIVREMByConstant(SDNode *N, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result,
5484 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5485 SDValue LL = SDValue(),
5486 SDValue LH = SDValue()) const;
5487
5488 /// Expand funnel shift.
5489 /// \param N Node to expand
5490 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5491 SDValue expandFunnelShift(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5492
5493 /// Expand carryless multiply.
5494 /// \param N Node to expand
5495 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5496 SDValue expandCLMUL(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5497
5498 /// Expand rotations.
5499 /// \param N Node to expand
5500 /// \param AllowVectorOps expand vector rotate, this should only be performed
5501 /// if the legalization is happening outside of LegalizeVectorOps
5502 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5503 SDValue expandROT(SDNode *N, bool AllowVectorOps, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5504
5505 /// Expand shift-by-parts.
5506 /// \param N Node to expand
5507 /// \param Lo lower-output-part after conversion
5508 /// \param Hi upper-output-part after conversion
5509 void expandShiftParts(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi,
5510 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5511
5512 /// Expand float(f32) to SINT(i64) conversion
5513 /// \param N Node to expand
5514 /// \param Result output after conversion
5515 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5516 bool expandFP_TO_SINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5517
5518 /// Expand float to UINT conversion
5519 /// \param N Node to expand
5520 /// \param Result output after conversion
5521 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5522 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5523 bool expandFP_TO_UINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5524 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5525
5526 /// Expand UINT(i64) to double(f64) conversion
5527 /// \param N Node to expand
5528 /// \param Result output after conversion
5529 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5530 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5531 bool expandUINT_TO_FP(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5532 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5533
5534 /// Expand fminnum/fmaxnum into fminnum_ieee/fmaxnum_ieee with quieted inputs.
5535 SDValue expandFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5536
5537 /// Expand fminimum/fmaximum into multiple comparison with selects.
5538 SDValue expandFMINIMUM_FMAXIMUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5539
5540 /// Expand fminimumnum/fmaximumnum into multiple comparison with selects.
5541 SDValue expandFMINIMUMNUM_FMAXIMUMNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5542
5543 /// Expand FP_TO_[US]INT_SAT into FP_TO_[US]INT and selects or min/max.
5544 /// \param N Node to expand
5545 /// \returns The expansion result
5546 SDValue expandFP_TO_INT_SAT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5547
5548 /// Truncate Op to ResultVT. If the result is exact, leave it alone. If it is
5549 /// not exact, force the result to be odd.
5550 /// \param ResultVT The type of result.
5551 /// \param Op The value to round.
5552 /// \returns The expansion result
5553 SDValue expandRoundInexactToOdd(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, const SDLoc &DL,
5554 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5555
5556 /// Expand round(fp) to fp conversion
5557 /// \param N Node to expand
5558 /// \returns The expansion result
5559 SDValue expandFP_ROUND(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5560
5561 /// Expand check for floating point class.
5562 /// \param ResultVT The type of intrinsic call result.
5563 /// \param Op The tested value.
5564 /// \param Test The test to perform.
5565 /// \param Flags The optimization flags.
5566 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5567 SDValue expandIS_FPCLASS(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, FPClassTest Test,
5568 SDNodeFlags Flags, const SDLoc &DL,
5569 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5570
5571 /// Expand CTPOP nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTPOP nodes,
5572 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5573 /// \param N Node to expand
5574 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5575 SDValue expandCTPOP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5576
5577 /// Expand VP_CTPOP nodes.
5578 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5579 SDValue expandVPCTPOP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5580
5581 /// Expand CTLZ/CTLZ_ZERO_UNDEF nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTLZ nodes,
5582 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5583 /// \param N Node to expand
5584 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5585 SDValue expandCTLZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5586
5587 /// Expand VP_CTLZ/VP_CTLZ_ZERO_UNDEF nodes.
5588 /// \param N Node to expand
5589 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5590 SDValue expandVPCTLZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5591
5592 /// Expand CTTZ via Table Lookup.
5593 /// \param N Node to expand
5594 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5595 SDValue CTTZTableLookup(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT,
5596 SDValue Op, unsigned NumBitsPerElt) const;
5597
5598 /// Expand CTTZ/CTTZ_ZERO_UNDEF nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTTZ nodes,
5599 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5600 /// \param N Node to expand
5601 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5602 SDValue expandCTTZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5603
5604 /// Expand VP_CTTZ/VP_CTTZ_ZERO_UNDEF nodes.
5605 /// \param N Node to expand
5606 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5607 SDValue expandVPCTTZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5608
5609 /// Expand VP_CTTZ_ELTS/VP_CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_UNDEF nodes.
5610 /// \param N Node to expand
5611 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5612 SDValue expandVPCTTZElements(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5613
5614 /// Expand VECTOR_FIND_LAST_ACTIVE nodes
5615 /// \param N Node to expand
5616 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5617 SDValue expandVectorFindLastActive(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5618
5619 /// Expand ABS nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABS nodes,
5620 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5621 /// (ABS x) -> (XOR (ADD x, (SRA x, type_size)), (SRA x, type_size))
5622 /// \param N Node to expand
5623 /// \param IsNegative indicate negated abs
5624 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5625 SDValue expandABS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5626 bool IsNegative = false) const;
5627
5628 /// Expand ABDS/ABDU nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABDS/ABDU nodes.
5629 /// \param N Node to expand
5630 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5631 SDValue expandABD(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5632
5633 /// Expand vector/scalar AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU/AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU nodes.
5634 /// \param N Node to expand
5635 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5636 SDValue expandAVG(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5637
5638 /// Expand BSWAP nodes. Expands scalar/vector BSWAP nodes with i16/i32/i64
5639 /// scalar types. Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5640 /// \param N Node to expand
5641 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5642 SDValue expandBSWAP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5643
5644 /// Expand VP_BSWAP nodes. Expands VP_BSWAP nodes with
5645 /// i16/i32/i64 scalar types. Returns SDValue() if expand fails. \param N Node
5646 /// to expand \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5647 SDValue expandVPBSWAP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5648
5649 /// Expand BITREVERSE nodes. Expands scalar/vector BITREVERSE nodes.
5650 /// Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5651 /// \param N Node to expand
5652 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5653 SDValue expandBITREVERSE(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5654
5655 /// Expand VP_BITREVERSE nodes. Expands VP_BITREVERSE nodes with
5656 /// i8/i16/i32/i64 scalar types. \param N Node to expand \returns The
5657 /// expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5658 SDValue expandVPBITREVERSE(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5659
5660 /// Turn load of vector type into a load of the individual elements.
5661 /// \param LD load to expand
5662 /// \returns BUILD_VECTOR and TokenFactor nodes.
5663 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> scalarizeVectorLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5664 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5665
5666 // Turn a store of a vector type into stores of the individual elements.
5667 /// \param ST Store with a vector value type
5668 /// \returns TokenFactor of the individual store chains.
5670
5671 /// Expands an unaligned load to 2 half-size loads for an integer, and
5672 /// possibly more for vectors.
5673 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> expandUnalignedLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5674 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5675
5676 /// Expands an unaligned store to 2 half-size stores for integer values, and
5677 /// possibly more for vectors.
5678 SDValue expandUnalignedStore(StoreSDNode *ST, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5679
5680 /// Increments memory address \p Addr according to the type of the value
5681 /// \p DataVT that should be stored. If the data is stored in compressed
5682 /// form, the memory address should be incremented according to the number of
5683 /// the stored elements. This number is equal to the number of '1's bits
5684 /// in the \p Mask.
5685 /// \p DataVT is a vector type. \p Mask is a vector value.
5686 /// \p DataVT and \p Mask have the same number of vector elements.
5687 SDValue IncrementMemoryAddress(SDValue Addr, SDValue Mask, const SDLoc &DL,
5688 EVT DataVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5689 bool IsCompressedMemory) const;
5690
5691 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
5692 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
5693 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
5694 /// bounds. \p PtrArithFlags can be used to mark that arithmetic within the
5695 /// vector in memory is known to not wrap or to be inbounds.
5696 SDValue getVectorElementPointer(
5697 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index,
5698 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
5699
5700 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
5701 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
5702 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
5703 /// bounds. \p VecPtr is guaranteed to point to the beginning of a memory
5704 /// location large enough for the vector.
5706 EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const {
5707 return getVectorElementPointer(DAG, VecPtr, VecVT, Index,
5710 }
5711
5712 /// Get a pointer to a sub-vector of type \p SubVecVT at index \p Idx located
5713 /// in memory for a vector of type \p VecVT starting at a base address of
5714 /// \p VecPtr. If \p Idx plus the size of \p SubVecVT is out of bounds the
5715 /// returned pointer is unspecified, but the value returned will be such that
5716 /// the entire subvector would be within the vector bounds. \p PtrArithFlags
5717 /// can be used to mark that arithmetic within the vector in memory is known
5718 /// to not wrap or to be inbounds.
5719 SDValue
5720 getVectorSubVecPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT,
5721 EVT SubVecVT, SDValue Index,
5722 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
5723
5724 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][MIN|MAX]. This
5725 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5726 SDValue expandIntMINMAX(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5727
5728 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][ADD|SUB]SAT. This
5729 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5730 SDValue expandAddSubSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5731
5732 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]CMP. This
5733 /// method accepts integers as its arguments
5734 SDValue expandCMP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5735
5736 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]SHLSAT. This
5737 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5738 SDValue expandShlSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5739
5740 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[U|S]MULFIX[SAT]. This
5741 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5742 SDValue expandFixedPointMul(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5743
5744 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]DIVFIX[SAT]. This
5745 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5746 /// Note: This method may fail if the division could not be performed
5747 /// within the type. Clients must retry with a wider type if this happens.
5748 SDValue expandFixedPointDiv(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &dl,
5750 unsigned Scale, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5751
5752 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::U(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
5753 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5754 void expandUADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5755 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5756
5757 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::S(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
5758 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5759 void expandSADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5760 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5761
5762 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]MULO. Returns whether
5763 /// expansion was successful and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5764 bool expandMULO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5765 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5766
5767 /// Calculate the product twice the width of LHS and RHS. If HiLHS/HiRHS are
5768 /// non-null they will be included in the multiplication. The expansion works
5769 /// by splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add
5770 /// together without neding MULH or MUL_LOHI.
5771 void forceExpandMultiply(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
5773 SDValue HiLHS = SDValue(),
5774 SDValue HiRHS = SDValue()) const;
5775
5776 /// Calculate full product of LHS and RHS either via a libcall or through
5777 /// brute force expansion of the multiplication. The expansion works by
5778 /// splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add together
5779 /// without needing MULH or MUL_LOHI.
5780 void forceExpandWideMUL(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
5781 const SDValue LHS, const SDValue RHS, SDValue &Lo,
5782 SDValue &Hi) const;
5783
5784 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_* into an explicit calculation. If Count is specified,
5785 /// only the first Count elements of the vector are used.
5786 SDValue expandVecReduce(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5787
5788 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_SEQ_* into an explicit ordered calculation.
5789 SDValue expandVecReduceSeq(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5790
5791 /// Expand an SREM or UREM using SDIV/UDIV or SDIVREM/UDIVREM, if legal.
5792 /// Returns true if the expansion was successful.
5793 bool expandREM(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5794
5795 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::VECTOR_SPLICE. This
5796 /// method accepts vectors as its arguments.
5797 SDValue expandVectorSplice(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5798
5799 /// Expand a vector VECTOR_COMPRESS into a sequence of extract element, store
5800 /// temporarily, advance store position, before re-loading the final vector.
5801 SDValue expandVECTOR_COMPRESS(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5802
5803 /// Expands PARTIAL_REDUCE_S/UMLA nodes to a series of simpler operations,
5804 /// consisting of zext/sext, extract_subvector, mul and add operations.
5805 SDValue expandPartialReduceMLA(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5806
5807 /// Expands a node with multiple results to an FP or vector libcall. The
5808 /// libcall is expected to take all the operands of the \p Node followed by
5809 /// output pointers for each of the results. \p CallRetResNo can be optionally
5810 /// set to indicate that one of the results comes from the libcall's return
5811 /// value.
5812 bool expandMultipleResultFPLibCall(
5813 SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, SDNode *Node,
5815 std::optional<unsigned> CallRetResNo = {}) const;
5816
5817 /// Legalize a SETCC or VP_SETCC with given LHS and RHS and condition code CC
5818 /// on the current target. A VP_SETCC will additionally be given a Mask
5819 /// and/or EVL not equal to SDValue().
5820 ///
5821 /// If the SETCC has been legalized using AND / OR, then the legalized node
5822 /// will be stored in LHS. RHS and CC will be set to SDValue(). NeedInvert
5823 /// will be set to false. This will also hold if the VP_SETCC has been
5824 /// legalized using VP_AND / VP_OR.
5825 ///
5826 /// If the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized by using
5827 /// getSetCCSwappedOperands(), then the values of LHS and RHS will be
5828 /// swapped, CC will be set to the new condition, and NeedInvert will be set
5829 /// to false.
5830 ///
5831 /// If the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized using the inverse condcode,
5832 /// then LHS and RHS will be unchanged, CC will set to the inverted condcode,
5833 /// and NeedInvert will be set to true. The caller must invert the result of
5834 /// the SETCC with SelectionDAG::getLogicalNOT() or take equivalent action to
5835 /// swap the effect of a true/false result.
5836 ///
5837 /// \returns true if the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized, false if it
5838 /// hasn't.
5839 bool LegalizeSetCCCondCode(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &LHS,
5840 SDValue &RHS, SDValue &CC, SDValue Mask,
5841 SDValue EVL, bool &NeedInvert, const SDLoc &dl,
5842 SDValue &Chain, bool IsSignaling = false) const;
5843
5844 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5845 // Instruction Emitting Hooks
5846 //
5847
5848 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
5849 /// the 'usesCustomInserter' flag. These instructions are special in various
5850 /// ways, which require special support to insert. The specified MachineInstr
5851 /// is created but not inserted into any basic blocks, and this method is
5852 /// called to expand it into a sequence of instructions, potentially also
5853 /// creating new basic blocks and control flow.
5854 /// As long as the returned basic block is different (i.e., we created a new
5855 /// one), the custom inserter is free to modify the rest of \p MBB.
5856 virtual MachineBasicBlock *
5857 EmitInstrWithCustomInserter(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
5858
5859 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
5860 /// the 'hasPostISelHook' flag. These instructions must be adjusted after
5861 /// instruction selection by target hooks. e.g. To fill in optional defs for
5862 /// ARM 's' setting instructions.
5863 virtual void AdjustInstrPostInstrSelection(MachineInstr &MI,
5864 SDNode *Node) const;
5865
5866 /// If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a
5867 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering Intrinsic::stackprotector.
5868 virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const { return false; }
5869
5871 const SDLoc &DL) const {
5872 llvm_unreachable("not implemented for this target");
5873 }
5874
5875 /// Lower TLS global address SDNode for target independent emulated TLS model.
5876 virtual SDValue LowerToTLSEmulatedModel(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA,
5877 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5878
5879 /// Expands target specific indirect branch for the case of JumpTable
5880 /// expansion.
5881 virtual SDValue expandIndirectJTBranch(const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Value,
5882 SDValue Addr, int JTI,
5883 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5884
5885 // seteq(x, 0) -> truncate(srl(ctlz(zext(x)), log2(#bits)))
5886 // If we're comparing for equality to zero and isCtlzFast is true, expose the
5887 // fact that this can be implemented as a ctlz/srl pair, so that the dag
5888 // combiner can fold the new nodes.
5889 SDValue lowerCmpEqZeroToCtlzSrl(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5890
5891 // Return true if `X & Y eq/ne 0` is preferable to `X & Y ne/eq Y`
5893 return true;
5894 }
5895
5896 // Expand vector operation by dividing it into smaller length operations and
5897 // joining their results. SDValue() is returned when expansion did not happen.
5898 SDValue expandVectorNaryOpBySplitting(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5899
5900 /// Replace an extraction of a load with a narrowed load.
5901 ///
5902 /// \param ResultVT type of the result extraction.
5903 /// \param InVecVT type of the input vector to with bitcasts resolved.
5904 /// \param EltNo index of the vector element to load.
5905 /// \param OriginalLoad vector load that to be replaced.
5906 /// \returns \p ResultVT Load on success SDValue() on failure.
5907 SDValue scalarizeExtractedVectorLoad(EVT ResultVT, const SDLoc &DL,
5908 EVT InVecVT, SDValue EltNo,
5909 LoadSDNode *OriginalLoad,
5910 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5911
5912private:
5913 SDValue foldSetCCWithAnd(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
5914 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
5915 SDValue foldSetCCWithOr(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
5916 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
5917 SDValue foldSetCCWithBinOp(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
5918 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
5919
5920 SDValue optimizeSetCCOfSignedTruncationCheck(EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0,
5922 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
5923 const SDLoc &DL) const;
5924
5925 // (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 --> ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
5926 SDValue optimizeSetCCByHoistingAndByConstFromLogicalShift(
5927 EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1C, ISD::CondCode Cond,
5928 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL) const;
5929
5930 SDValue prepareUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
5931 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
5932 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
5933 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5934 SDValue buildUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
5935 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
5936 const SDLoc &DL) const;
5937
5938 SDValue prepareSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
5939 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
5940 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
5941 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5942 SDValue buildSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
5943 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
5944 const SDLoc &DL) const;
5945};
5946
5947/// Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value
5948/// EVTs and flags, and optionally also the offsets, if the return value is
5949/// being lowered to memory.
5950LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType,
5951 AttributeList attr,
5952 SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &Outs,
5953 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL);
5954
5955} // end namespace llvm
5956
5957#endif // LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
unsigned const MachineRegisterInfo * MRI
return SDValue()
assert(UImm &&(UImm !=~static_cast< T >(0)) &&"Invalid immediate!")
This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision integral constant values and operations...
MachineBasicBlock & MBB
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator DebugLoc DL
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator MBBI
Function Alias Analysis Results
Atomic ordering constants.
This file contains the simple types necessary to represent the attributes associated with functions a...
block Block Frequency Analysis
static GCRegistry::Add< CoreCLRGC > E("coreclr", "CoreCLR-compatible GC")
static GCRegistry::Add< OcamlGC > B("ocaml", "ocaml 3.10-compatible GC")
Analysis containing CSE Info
Definition CSEInfo.cpp:27
#define LLVM_ABI
Definition Compiler.h:213
#define LLVM_READONLY
Definition Compiler.h:322
This file defines the DenseMap class.
const HexagonInstrInfo * TII
IRTranslator LLVM IR MI
static bool ShrinkDemandedConstant(Instruction *I, unsigned OpNo, const APInt &Demanded)
Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a constant integer.
const AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::OperatorInfo AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::Ops[]
#define RegName(no)
lazy value info
Implement a low-level type suitable for MachineInstr level instruction selection.
#define F(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:54
#define I(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:57
Register const TargetRegisterInfo * TRI
Promote Memory to Register
Definition Mem2Reg.cpp:110
ConstantRange Range(APInt(BitWidth, Low), APInt(BitWidth, High))
uint64_t High
PowerPC Reduce CR logical Operation
const SmallVectorImpl< MachineOperand > & Cond
static cl::opt< RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode > Mode("regalloc-enable-advisor", cl::Hidden, cl::init(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default), cl::desc("Enable regalloc advisor mode"), cl::values(clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default, "default", "Default"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Release, "release", "precompiled"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Development, "development", "for training")))
static Type * getValueType(Value *V)
Returns the type of the given value/instruction V.
This file defines the SmallVector class.
static TableGen::Emitter::Opt Y("gen-skeleton-entry", EmitSkeleton, "Generate example skeleton entry")
static TableGen::Emitter::OptClass< SkeletonEmitter > X("gen-skeleton-class", "Generate example skeleton class")
static SymbolRef::Type getType(const Symbol *Sym)
Definition TapiFile.cpp:39
static SDValue scalarizeVectorStore(StoreSDNode *Store, MVT StoreVT, SelectionDAG &DAG)
Scalarize a vector store, bitcasting to TargetVT to determine the scalar type.
Value * RHS
Value * LHS
Class for arbitrary precision integers.
Definition APInt.h:78
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Return the number of bits in the APInt.
Definition APInt.h:1489
ArrayRef - Represent a constant reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:40
A cache of @llvm.assume calls within a function.
An instruction that atomically checks whether a specified value is in a memory location,...
an instruction that atomically reads a memory location, combines it with another value,...
bool isFloatingPointOperation() const
BinOp getOperation() const
This class holds the attributes for a particular argument, parameter, function, or return value.
Definition Attributes.h:361
LLVM_ABI bool getValueAsBool() const
Return the attribute's value as a boolean.
BlockFrequencyInfo pass uses BlockFrequencyInfoImpl implementation to estimate IR basic block frequen...
CCState - This class holds information needed while lowering arguments and return values.
CCValAssign - Represent assignment of one arg/retval to a location.
Base class for all callable instructions (InvokeInst and CallInst) Holds everything related to callin...
This class represents a function call, abstracting a target machine's calling convention.
This is the shared class of boolean and integer constants.
Definition Constants.h:87
This class represents a range of values.
This is an important base class in LLVM.
Definition Constant.h:43
A parsed version of the target data layout string in and methods for querying it.
Definition DataLayout.h:64
unsigned size() const
Definition DenseMap.h:110
constexpr bool isScalar() const
Exactly one element.
Definition TypeSize.h:320
This is a fast-path instruction selection class that generates poor code and doesn't support illegal ...
Definition FastISel.h:66
FunctionLoweringInfo - This contains information that is global to a function that is used when lower...
Class to represent function types.
unsigned getNumParams() const
Return the number of fixed parameters this function type requires.
bool isVarArg() const
Attribute getFnAttribute(Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const
Return the attribute for the given attribute kind.
Definition Function.cpp:765
Common base class shared among various IRBuilders.
Definition IRBuilder.h:114
A wrapper class for inspecting calls to intrinsic functions.
static constexpr LLT scalar(unsigned SizeInBits)
Get a low-level scalar or aggregate "bag of bits".
This is an important class for using LLVM in a threaded context.
Definition LLVMContext.h:68
An instruction for reading from memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::LOAD nodes.
Represents a single loop in the control flow graph.
Definition LoopInfo.h:40
Context object for machine code objects.
Definition MCContext.h:83
Base class for the full range of assembler expressions which are needed for parsing.
Definition MCExpr.h:34
Machine Value Type.
@ INVALID_SIMPLE_VALUE_TYPE
SimpleValueType SimpleTy
uint64_t getScalarSizeInBits() const
bool isInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer or a vector integer type.
bool isPow2VectorType() const
Returns true if the given vector is a power of 2.
ElementCount getVectorElementCount() const
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
bool isValid() const
Return true if this is a valid simple valuetype.
static MVT getIntegerVT(unsigned BitWidth)
Instructions::iterator instr_iterator
Representation of each machine instruction.
A description of a memory reference used in the backend.
Flags
Flags values. These may be or'd together.
MachineRegisterInfo - Keep track of information for virtual and physical registers,...
This is an abstract virtual class for memory operations.
A Module instance is used to store all the information related to an LLVM module.
Definition Module.h:67
MutableArrayRef - Represent a mutable reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memo...
Definition ArrayRef.h:298
A discriminated union of two or more pointer types, with the discriminator in the low bit of the poin...
Analysis providing profile information.
Wrapper class representing virtual and physical registers.
Definition Register.h:20
Wrapper class for IR location info (IR ordering and DebugLoc) to be passed into SDNode creation funct...
Represents one node in the SelectionDAG.
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one use of this node.
bool use_empty() const
Return true if there are no uses of this node.
Unlike LLVM values, Selection DAG nodes may return multiple values as the result of a computation.
SDNode * getNode() const
get the SDNode which holds the desired result
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one node using value ResNo of Node.
EVT getValueType() const
Return the ValueType of the referenced return value.
const SDValue & getOperand(unsigned i) const
unsigned getOpcode() const
This is used to represent a portion of an LLVM function in a low-level Data Dependence DAG representa...
LLVM_ABI SDValue getConstantFP(double Val, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, bool isTarget=false)
Create a ConstantFPSDNode wrapping a constant value.
const DataLayout & getDataLayout() const
LLVM_ABI void RemoveDeadNode(SDNode *N)
Remove the specified node from the system.
LLVM_ABI SDValue getNode(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, ArrayRef< SDUse > Ops)
Gets or creates the specified node.
LLVMContext * getContext() const
This instruction constructs a fixed permutation of two input vectors.
This is a 'vector' (really, a variable-sized array), optimized for the case when the array is small.
An instruction for storing to memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::STORE nodes.
StringRef - Represent a constant reference to a string, i.e.
Definition StringRef.h:55
Multiway switch.
TargetInstrInfo - Interface to description of machine instruction set.
Provides information about what library functions are available for the current target.
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node=SDValue())
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node, Type *Ty)
Type * Ty
Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
Type * OrigTy
Original unlegalized argument type.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
void setTypeAction(MVT VT, LegalizeTypeAction Action)
This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent parts that can be used from ...
virtual Value * emitStoreConditional(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Value *Val, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, EVT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or unlikely to be made legal with cu...
EVT getMemValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual void emitBitTestAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool requiresUniformRegister(MachineFunction &MF, const Value *) const
Allows target to decide about the register class of the specific value that is live outside the defin...
void setBooleanVectorContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a vector of i1 to a wider ty...
virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified type and indicate what to do a...
virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const
virtual bool decomposeMulByConstant(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, SDValue C) const
Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer multiplication-by-constant into simpler opera...
void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const
Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation: X = ~A & B This can be used to simplify se...
ReciprocalEstimate
Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
bool PredictableSelectIsExpensive
Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if the branch is usually predict...
virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Targets can use this to indicate that they only support some VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations,...
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingOperationSupported(ComplexDeinterleavingOperation Operation, Type *Ty) const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation and type.
virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const
Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x) where the sext is redundant,...
bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
SDValue promoteTargetBoolean(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Bool, EVT ValVT) const
Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const
Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD.
virtual bool shouldReduceLoadWidth(SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT, std::optional< unsigned > ByteOffset=std::nullopt) const
Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
EVT getValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type.
LegalizeAction
This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not, what action should be used...
virtual bool shouldExpandBuildVectorWithShuffles(EVT, unsigned DefinedValues) const
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, bool LegalOnly) const
virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind) const
CallingConv::ID getLibcallCallingConv(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpyOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
MachineBasicBlock * emitPatchPoint(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const
Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent sequence of memory operands that...
virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const
Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded with instruction generated for...
virtual bool preferSelectsOverBooleanArithmetic(EVT VT) const
Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types.
virtual bool useStackGuardXorFP() const
If this function returns true, stack protection checks should XOR the frame pointer (or whichever poi...
virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is the target has icmp instructi...
virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const
Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient.
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent=false) const
Return the register class that should be used for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, bool MathUsed) const
Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG node operation.
ShiftLegalizationStrategy
Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with ExpansionFactor being the recu...
virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const
Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any extend node) is profitable.
virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const
Return if the target supports combining a chain like:
virtual Value * createComplexDeinterleavingIR(IRBuilderBase &B, ComplexDeinterleavingOperation OperationType, ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB, Value *Accumulator=nullptr) const
Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
virtual bool shouldConvertConstantLoadToIntImm(const APInt &Imm, Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to just the constant itself.
virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which may require a scale is support...
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool shouldOptimizeMulOverflowWithZeroHighBits(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
virtual Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference(SDNode *) const
Some scheduler, e.g.
virtual MachineInstr * EmitKCFICheck(MachineBasicBlock &MBB, MachineBasicBlock::instr_iterator &MBBI, const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const
void setMinStackArgumentAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if Load and Ext can form an ExtLoad.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
virtual bool isLegalScaleForGatherScatter(uint64_t Scale, uint64_t ElemSize) const
EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than zero-extension.
virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce ordering for this atomic.
virtual AtomicOrdering atomicOperationOrderAfterFenceSplit(const Instruction *I) const
MVT getVectorIdxTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT...
bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(LLT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
LLT handling variant.
virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT) const
Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to expand memcpy / memset inline.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicCmpXchg(AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI) const
Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
virtual CondMergingParams getJumpConditionMergingParams(Instruction::BinaryOps, const Value *, const Value *) const
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicRMWArg(unsigned Op) const
Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input argument to be extended (ZERO_EXT...
const TargetMachine & getTargetMachine() const
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmp
Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
virtual unsigned getNumRegistersForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types.
bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const
Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const Instruction &I) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add target-specific MachineMemOperand fl...
unsigned MaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy
Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy implicitly zero-extends the...
bool isPaddedAtMostSignificantBitsWhenStored(EVT VT) const
Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits when storing the type to me...
virtual MVT getRegisterTypeForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types are legal for some operations a...
void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type in a single call.
LegalizeTypeAction
This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not, what action should be used to...
unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const
Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction the backend supports.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicRMWIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicRMWInst *AI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr, Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const
Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
bool enableExtLdPromotion() const
Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that turns ext(promotableInst1(....
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode, LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with the specified type and ind...
void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes)
bool isOperationLegalOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal using promotion.
void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn=true)
Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth)
Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction: (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0 This knowledge can be us...
MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const
EVT getLegalTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
virtual Value * emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the corresponding pointee type.
void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
virtual unsigned getNumRegisters(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, std::optional< MVT > RegisterVT=std::nullopt) const
Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const
Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
bool isJumpExpensive() const
Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be avoided.
virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const
LegalizeAction getCondCodeAction(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be expanded to some oth...
bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const
Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this target.
virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x) On arch...
LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the specified type and indicate w...
CallingConv::ID getLibcallImplCallingConv(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall implementation.
void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred loop alignment.
virtual bool softPromoteHalfType() const
Warning: this option is problem-prone and tends to introduce float miscompilations:
virtual bool areTwoSDNodeTargetMMOFlagsMergeable(const MemSDNode &NodeX, const MemSDNode &NodeY) const
Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the backend.
virtual bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat &, EVT, bool ForCodeSize=false) const
Returns true if the target can instruction select the specified FP immediate natively.
virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const
Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type at the given index is cheap.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool optimizeFMulOrFDivAsShiftAddBitcast(SDNode *N, SDValue FPConst, SDValue IntPow2) const
SelectSupportKind
Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const
LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
virtual bool shouldTransformSignedTruncationCheck(EVT XVT, unsigned KeptBits) const
Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation down into KeptBits would be trun...
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode, EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const
Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified register class are all legal.
virtual TargetLoweringBase::LegalizeTypeAction getPreferredVectorAction(MVT VT) const
Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding whether a call is in tail ...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type is legal.
virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const
Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires extending.
virtual unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are always broken down into scal...
virtual bool shouldNormalizeToSelectSequence(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Returns true if we should normalize select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X,...
Register getStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore() const
If a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save...
virtual StringRef getStackProbeSymbolName(const MachineFunction &MF) const
LegalizeAction getFixedPointOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but only for specific scales.
virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const
bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicOps() const
Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND,...
Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference() const
Return target scheduling preference.
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(EVT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
virtual LLT getOptimalMemOpLLT(const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
LLT returning variant.
void setMinFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's minimum function alignment.
bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether the type is legal or not.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemsetOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const
Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into a constant pool load whose a...
bool hasBigEndianPartOrdering(EVT VT, const DataLayout &DL) const
When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo or Hi part come first?
virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty string if not applicable.
bool isSlowDivBypassed() const
Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
virtual Align getABIAlignmentForCallingConv(Type *ArgTy, const DataLayout &DL) const
Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one type has the alignment requi...
virtual bool isExtractSubvectorCheap(EVT ResVT, EVT SrcVT, unsigned Index) const
Return true if EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is cheap for extracting this result type from this source type with ...
virtual bool isMulAddWithConstProfitable(SDValue AddNode, SDValue ConstNode) const
Return true if it may be profitable to transform (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x,...
virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const
Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
bool isPartialReduceMLALegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is legal or custom for this targ...
virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmove
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
bool isSuitableForBitTests(const DenseMap< const BasicBlock *, unsigned int > &DestCmps, const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case clusters which contains NumDests ...
virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const
Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded using generic code in Sele...
virtual bool shallExtractConstSplatVectorElementToStore(Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const
Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store given that the vector is kno...
virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type ToTy.
virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const
Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that can be used to store the results...
virtual bool getTgtMemIntrinsic(IntrinsicInfo &, const CallBase &, MachineFunction &, unsigned) const
Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map to a MemIntrinsicNode (tou...
unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const
Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp.
bool isStrictFPEnabled() const
Return true if the target support strict float operation.
virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const
Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given amount is not profitable.
virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic semantics for pointers wit...
virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because single-precision floating-point numb...
virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
virtual bool lowerInterleavedStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics.
virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmoveOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithSingleBitTest(EVT VT, const APInt &AndMask) const
MVT getSimpleValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const
For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits of boolean values held in ty...
virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const
void addRegisterClass(MVT VT, const TargetRegisterClass *RC)
Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the specified value type.
bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of the specified types on this ...
virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx, unsigned &Cost) const
Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,Idx).
bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
LegalizeAction getAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const
Same as getLoadExtAction, but for atomic loads.
virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
MVT getProgramPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program address space specified through...
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the specified type and indicate ...
virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const
void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported)
Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const
Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const
These two forms are equivalent: sub y, (xor x, -1) add (add x, 1), y The variant with two add's is IR...
virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const
If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant of the specified type to a ...
virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the data layou...
void setPrefFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred function alignment.
unsigned getMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the target has add instruction...
virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const
Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
LegalizeAction getTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const
Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to ...
virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const
Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register passed to the fp16 to fp conve...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicRMWIInIR(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work with the specified type and in...
virtual bool canTransformPtrArithOutOfBounds(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds in...
virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const
const ValueTypeActionImpl & getValueTypeActions() const
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicCmpXchgInIR(AtomicCmpXchgInst *AI) const
Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM, const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI)
NOTE: The TargetMachine owns TLOF.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemset
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
virtual bool shouldExpandVectorMatch(EVT VT, unsigned SearchSize) const
Return true if the @llvm.experimental.vector.match intrinsic should be expanded for vector type ‘VT’ ...
virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const
virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const
Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done instead of deferring to a cust...
virtual bool shouldProduceAndByConstByHoistingConstFromShiftsLHSOfAnd(SDValue X, ConstantSDNode *XC, ConstantSDNode *CC, SDValue Y, unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Given the pattern (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 return true if it should be transformed into: ((X <</l>>...
virtual bool shouldInsertTrailingSeqCstFenceForAtomicStore(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing fence without reducing the or...
virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treate...
LegalizeAction getLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const
Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a ...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the specified type and indicate what ...
bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for operands of fence.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicCmpXchgIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicCmpSwapArg() const
Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison value to be extended (ZERO_...
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT, unsigned SelectOpcode, SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity constant is profitable.
BooleanContent
Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF, bool IsScalable) const
virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const
Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of several shifts,...
virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy preferredShiftLegalizationStrategy(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDNode *N, unsigned ExpansionFactor) const
virtual uint8_t getRepRegClassCostFor(MVT VT) const
Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
bool isOperationLegalOrCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
LegalizeAction getPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treated.
bool isPredictableSelectExpensive() const
Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is unlikely to be predicted right...
virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const
Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition to before legalization.
virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const
Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there are functions calls betwee...
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getSupportedLibcallImpl(StringRef FuncName) const
Check if this is valid libcall for the current module, otherwise RTLIB::Unsupported.
virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const
unsigned getGatherAllAliasesMaxDepth() const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomOperationAction(SDNode &Op) const
How to legalize this custom operation?
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const
IR version.
virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target should transform: (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0 (X & Y) !...
virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT, unsigned NumElem, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector constant with the given size and ...
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmpOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const
Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare integer values of the give...
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const
Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const
Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to DestVT.
virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const
Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val from a pair of smaller values int...
bool isLoadExtLegalOrCustom(unsigned ExtType, EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom on this target.
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const
Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together.
bool isAtomicLoadExtLegal(unsigned ExtType, EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const
Return true if the specified atomic load with extension is legal on this target.
virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
virtual bool shouldFoldMaskToVariableShiftPair(SDValue X) const
There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high): Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine c...
virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const
Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not MinSize).
unsigned getMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported() const
Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by the backend.
bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits)
Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Opcodes, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
LegalizeAction getStrictFPOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
void setStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore(Register R)
If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm....
virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const
void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults to trying a larger integer/...
virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst *, SmallVectorImpl< Value * > &, Type *&) const
CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store instructions reading the add...
bool isLoadExtLegal(unsigned ExtType, EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const
AtomicExpansionKind
Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded to, if at all.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the target and indicate what to d...
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent IntTy, BooleanContent FloatTy)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
const DenseMap< unsigned int, unsigned int > & getBypassSlowDivWidths() const
Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding fast types.
void setOperationPromotedToType(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
unsigned getMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, LLT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
virtual bool shouldExpandCttzElements(EVT VT) const
Return true if the @llvm.experimental.cttz.elts intrinsic should be expanded using generic code in Se...
virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const
Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to a larger type.
virtual bool lowerInterleaveIntrinsicToStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< Value * > InterleaveValues) const
Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
AndOrSETCCFoldKind
Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...), (setcc ....
virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const
Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an extract element followed by a ...
Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const
Return the preferred function alignment.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const
Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const
Return the minimum function alignment.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
void setTargetDAGCombine(ArrayRef< ISD::NodeType > NTs)
Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that they want to provide a custom...
virtual bool isCtlzFast() const
Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
virtual bool useSoftFloat() const
virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x,...
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(EVT Type) const
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicRMWInIR(AtomicRMWInst *RMW) const
Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given AtomicRMW, if at all.
bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset, int64_t MaxOffset) const
Return the prefered common base offset.
virtual bool isVectorClearMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal.
LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to happen to EVT (second) in ord...
Align getMinStackArgumentAlignment() const
Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT, bool IsSigned) const
Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT conversion operations - canonica...
void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the specified type and indicate wh...
bool hasTargetDAGCombine(ISD::NodeType NT) const
If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can perform for the specified node...
void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl)
virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const
unsigned GatherAllAliasesMaxDepth
Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain dependencies when trying to find a more...
virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const
Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef vector is more efficiently hand...
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
NegatibleCost
Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this target.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already legal (return 'Legal') or we ...
virtual unsigned preferedOpcodeForCmpEqPiecesOfOperand(EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate, const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt, const std::optional< APInt > &AndMask) const
virtual void emitCmpArithAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const
Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
virtual Register getExceptionPointerRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception address on entry to an ...
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const
Returns true if MI can be combined with another instruction to form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
bool supportsUnalignedAtomics() const
Whether the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
const char * getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is the target has add instructi...
std::vector< ArgListEntry > ArgListTy
virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst *, unsigned &, Align &) const
Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning the object whose address is ...
virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const
Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool isVScaleKnownToBeAPowerOfTwo() const
Return true only if vscale must be a power of two.
virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const MemSDNode &Node) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
virtual EVT getOptimalMemOpType(LLVMContext &Context, const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as a result of memset,...
virtual Type * shouldConvertSplatType(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) const
Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new scalar type of size equal to SVI...
virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free (either because it's implicit...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const
virtual LLVM_READONLY LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const
Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted amount type is ShiftValueTy.
bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const
Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.
LLT getVectorIdxLLT(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,...
virtual EVT getAsmOperandValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
bool isCondCodeLegalOrCustom(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a comparison of the specified type...
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpy
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
MVT getFrameIndexTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for frame index, which is determined by the alloca address space specified through th...
virtual Register getExceptionSelectorRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception typeid on entry to a la...
virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the ...
void setSchedulingPreference(Sched::Preference Pref)
Specify the target scheduling preference.
virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const
Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local storage (TLS).
MVT getRegisterType(MVT VT) const
Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const
Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored or bitcast to type 'To',...
virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a store instruction.
virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const
Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code gen prepare.
LegalizeAction getOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger siz...
virtual bool lowerInterleavedLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< ShuffleVectorInst * > Shuffles, ArrayRef< unsigned > Indices, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics.
virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations.
MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const
If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the ValueType to promote to.
virtual bool generateFMAsInMachineCombiner(EVT VT, CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const
virtual LoadInst * lowerIdempotentRMWIntoFencedLoad(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value (such as fetch_add of 0) can b...
virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM, Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Instruction *I=nullptr) const
Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this target, for a load/store of th...
virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT, Align &) const
Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load two loaded values of type LoadedType...
virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const
Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be transformed into simple math ops...
bool isOperationLegalOrCustomOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdown(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
virtual bool optimizeExtendOrTruncateConversion(Instruction *I, Loop *L, const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const
Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like zext, trunc,...
virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const
Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes: ISD::VP_ADD, ISD::VP_SUB,...
std::pair< LegalizeTypeAction, EVT > LegalizeKind
LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT in order to type-legalize it.
TargetLoweringBase & operator=(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
MulExpansionKind
Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
static ISD::NodeType getExtendForContent(BooleanContent Content)
const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo & getRuntimeLibcallsInfo() const
virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const
Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type VT from min(max(fptoi)) satur...
virtual bool lowerDeinterleaveIntrinsicToLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, IntrinsicInst *DI) const
Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const
Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
virtual ConstraintWeight getMultipleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const
Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
SmallVector< ConstraintPair > ConstraintGroup
virtual SDValue getSqrtEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps, bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const
Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square roots.
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const MachineInstr &MI, bool IsAfterLegal) const
GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its oper...
virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const
Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode *, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, SelectionDAG &) const
This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the target, and the operation was reg...
virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &) const
Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node only.
virtual bool supportSwiftError() const
Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute.
virtual SDValue visitMaskedLoad(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr, SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const
virtual SDValue emitStackGuardXorFP(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Val, const SDLoc &DL) const
SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive.
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue N0, SDValue N1) const
virtual EVT getTypeForExtReturn(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, ISD::NodeType) const
Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a zeroext/signext integer return value.
SDValue getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, const NegatibleCost CostThreshold=NegatibleCost::Neutral, unsigned Depth=0) const
virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char *RegName, LLT Ty, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Return the register ID of the name passed in.
virtual InlineAsm::ConstraintCode getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const
virtual bool targetShrinkDemandedConstant(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
std::vector< AsmOperandInfo > AsmOperandInfoVector
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalConstantNode(SDValue Op) const
Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the target, which should not be ...
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const
Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and not be transformed.
SDValue getCheaperNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only when the cost is cheaper.
virtual SDValue prepareVolatileOrAtomicLoad(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad blocks.
virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const
Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const
virtual bool splitValueIntoRegisterParts(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register storing a legal type.
virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue, EVT &) const
This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to promote the specified node.
virtual SDValue joinRegisterPartsIntoValue(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value.
virtual void insertCopiesSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry, const SmallVectorImpl< MachineBasicBlock * > &Exits) const
Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks.
virtual SDValue LowerCall(CallLoweringInfo &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified DAG.
virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned, EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type and it is 'desirable' to us...
~TargetLowering() override
TargetLowering & operator=(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const
GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine: shl ([sza]ext x),...
bool isPositionIndependent() const
std::pair< StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType > ConstraintPair
virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, NegatibleCost &Cost, unsigned Depth=0) const
Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and set the cost in Cost to indicate...
virtual ConstraintWeight getSingleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const
Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
virtual bool isIndexingLegal(MachineInstr &MI, Register Base, Register Offset, bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const
Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing mode for this target.
ConstraintGroup getConstraintPreferences(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo) const
Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a sorted Vector of pairs of constra...
virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const
Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly via copies.
virtual bool isSDNodeSourceOfDivergence(const SDNode *N, FunctionLoweringInfo *FLI, UniformityInfo *UA) const
virtual SDValue getRecipEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const
Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
virtual std::pair< unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass * > getRegForInlineAsmConstraint(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const
Given a physical register constraint (e.g.
virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode *N) const
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift to create a logical shift of NOT...
TargetLowering(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool shouldSimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by converting them to undefs.
virtual SDValue LowerFormalArguments(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::InputArg > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments, described by the Ins array,...
virtual AsmOperandInfoVector ParseConstraints(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, const CallBase &Call) const
Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the specific constraints and their...
virtual SDValue getSqrtResultForDenormInput(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for use with a square root esti...
virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if this node ...
virtual bool shouldSplitFunctionArgumentsAsLittleEndian(const DataLayout &DL) const
For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple smaller types.
virtual ArrayRef< MCPhysReg > getRoundingControlRegisters() const
Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be attached into strict FP call.
virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, const SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described by the Outs array,...
virtual bool functionArgumentNeedsConsecutiveRegisters(Type *Ty, CallingConv::ID CallConv, bool isVarArg, const DataLayout &DL) const
For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple simple types,...
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const SDNode *N, CombineLevel Level) const
Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its operand,...
virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo, SDValue Op, SelectionDAG *DAG=nullptr) const
Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific AsmOperandInfo,...
virtual SDValue visitMaskedStore(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val, SDValue Mask) const
virtual const MCExpr * LowerCustomJumpTableEntry(const MachineJumpTableInfo *, const MachineBasicBlock *, unsigned, MCContext &) const
virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const
If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering ...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as LC.
virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const
Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same divisor.
virtual AndOrSETCCFoldKind isDesirableToCombineLogicOpOfSETCC(const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const
virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const
Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
virtual const MCPhysReg * getScratchRegisters(CallingConv::ID CC) const
Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as scratch registers.
virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if the node's...
SDValue getVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index, const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags=SDNodeFlags()) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
virtual FastISel * createFastISel(FunctionLoweringInfo &, const TargetLibraryInfo *) const
This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the target does not support "fast" ...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const
Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given machine function is handled ex...
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, Register N0, Register N1) const
virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const
Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail call.
virtual bool isInlineAsmTargetBranch(const SmallVectorImpl< StringRef > &AsmStrs, unsigned OpNo) const
On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP instruction, which can use eithe...
SDValue getInboundsVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC, ArgListTy &Args) const
virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID, MachineFunction &, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, LLVMContext &, const Type *RetTy) const
This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values described by the Outs array can fi...
virtual bool isXAndYEqZeroPreferableToXAndYEqY(ISD::CondCode, EVT) const
virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned, EVT) const
Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating point op of specified opcode...
Primary interface to the complete machine description for the target machine.
TargetRegisterInfo base class - We assume that the target defines a static array of TargetRegisterDes...
TargetSubtargetInfo - Generic base class for all target subtargets.
This pass provides access to the codegen interfaces that are needed for IR-level transformations.
Target - Wrapper for Target specific information.
The instances of the Type class are immutable: once they are created, they are never changed.
Definition Type.h:45
bool isPointerTy() const
True if this is an instance of PointerType.
Definition Type.h:267
bool isFloatingPointTy() const
Return true if this is one of the floating-point types.
Definition Type.h:184
bool isIntegerTy() const
True if this is an instance of IntegerType.
Definition Type.h:240
This is the common base class for vector predication intrinsics.
LLVM Value Representation.
Definition Value.h:75
Type * getType() const
All values are typed, get the type of this value.
Definition Value.h:256
CallInst * Call
#define UINT64_MAX
Definition DataTypes.h:77
#define llvm_unreachable(msg)
Marks that the current location is not supposed to be reachable.
unsigned ID
LLVM IR allows to use arbitrary numbers as calling convention identifiers.
Definition CallingConv.h:24
@ Fast
Attempts to make calls as fast as possible (e.g.
Definition CallingConv.h:41
@ C
The default llvm calling convention, compatible with C.
Definition CallingConv.h:34
NodeType
ISD::NodeType enum - This enum defines the target-independent operators for a SelectionDAG.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:41
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SMLA
PARTIAL_REDUCE_[U|S]MLA(Accumulator, Input1, Input2) The partial reduction nodes sign or zero extend ...
@ SMUL_LOHI
SMUL_LOHI/UMUL_LOHI - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing a signed/unsigned value of type i[2...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:270
@ SMULFIX
RESULT = [US]MULFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point multiplication on 2 integers with the same...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:389
@ ADDC
Carry-setting nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:289
@ FMAD
FMAD - Perform a * b + c, while getting the same result as the separately rounded operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:517
@ ADD
Simple integer binary arithmetic operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:259
@ SMULFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:395
@ ANY_EXTEND
ANY_EXTEND - Used for integer types. The high bits are undefined.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:847
@ FADD
Simple binary floating point operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:412
@ SDIVFIX
RESULT = [US]DIVFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point division on 2 integers with the same width...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:402
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_UMLA
@ SIGN_EXTEND
Conversion operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:838
@ AVGCEILS
AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU - Rounding averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+2],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:709
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_FMLA
@ BRIND
BRIND - Indirect branch.
@ BR_JT
BR_JT - Jumptable branch.
@ SSUBSAT
RESULT = [US]SUBSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation subtraction on 2 integers with the same bit width ...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:369
@ SPLAT_VECTOR
SPLAT_VECTOR(VAL) - Returns a vector with the scalar value VAL duplicated in all lanes.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:666
@ SADDO
RESULT, BOOL = [SU]ADDO(LHS, RHS) - Overflow-aware nodes for addition.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:343
@ MULHU
MULHU/MULHS - Multiply high - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing an unsigned/signed value of...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:698
@ SHL
Shift and rotation operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:759
@ FMINNUM_IEEE
FMINNUM_IEEE/FMAXNUM_IEEE - Perform floating-point minimumNumber or maximumNumber on two values,...
@ ZERO_EXTEND
ZERO_EXTEND - Used for integer types, zeroing the new bits.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:844
@ FMINNUM
FMINNUM/FMAXNUM - Perform floating-point minimum maximum on two values, following IEEE-754 definition...
@ SMIN
[US]{MIN/MAX} - Binary minimum or maximum of signed or unsigned integers.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:721
@ SDIVFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:408
@ STRICT_FP_TO_UINT
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:473
@ STRICT_FP_TO_SINT
STRICT_FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:472
@ FMINIMUM
FMINIMUM/FMAXIMUM - NaN-propagating minimum/maximum that also treat -0.0 as less than 0....
@ FP_TO_SINT
FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:920
@ AND
Bitwise operators - logical and, logical or, logical xor.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:733
@ AVGFLOORS
AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU - Averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+1],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:704
@ ADDE
Carry-using nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:299
@ SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS
SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS(SCALAR1, SCALAR2, ...) - Returns a vector with the scalar values joined together a...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:675
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SUMLA
@ SADDSAT
RESULT = [US]ADDSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation addition on 2 integers with the same bit width (W)...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:360
@ FMINIMUMNUM
FMINIMUMNUM/FMAXIMUMNUM - minimumnum/maximumnum that is same with FMINNUM_IEEE and FMAXNUM_IEEE besid...
@ ABDS
ABDS/ABDU - Absolute difference - Return the absolute difference between two numbers interpreted as s...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:716
static const int LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE
MemIndexedMode
MemIndexedMode enum - This enum defines the load / store indexed addressing modes.
CondCode
ISD::CondCode enum - These are ordered carefully to make the bitfields below work out,...
LoadExtType
LoadExtType enum - This enum defines the three variants of LOADEXT (load with extension).
@ System
Synchronized with respect to all concurrently executing threads.
Definition LLVMContext.h:58
This namespace contains all of the command line option processing machinery.
Definition CommandLine.h:52
This is an optimization pass for GlobalISel generic memory operations.
Definition Types.h:26
GenericUniformityInfo< SSAContext > UniformityInfo
@ Low
Lower the current thread's priority such that it does not affect foreground tasks significantly.
Definition Threading.h:280
@ Offset
Definition DWP.cpp:532
void fill(R &&Range, T &&Value)
Provide wrappers to std::fill which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1757
LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType, AttributeList attr, SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &Outs, const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL)
Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value EVTs and flags,...
InstructionCost Cost
decltype(auto) dyn_cast(const From &Val)
dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:643
bool isAligned(Align Lhs, uint64_t SizeInBytes)
Checks that SizeInBytes is a multiple of the alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:134
void * PointerTy
constexpr int popcount(T Value) noexcept
Count the number of set bits in a value.
Definition bit.h:154
unsigned Log2_64(uint64_t Value)
Return the floor log base 2 of the specified value, -1 if the value is zero.
Definition MathExtras.h:337
LLVM_ABI bool isConstTrueVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Returns true if given the TargetLowering's boolean contents information, the value Val contains a tru...
Definition Utils.cpp:1660
FPClassTest
Floating-point class tests, supported by 'is_fpclass' intrinsic.
LLVM_ABI void report_fatal_error(Error Err, bool gen_crash_diag=true)
Definition Error.cpp:167
CodeGenOptLevel
Code generation optimization level.
Definition CodeGen.h:82
bool isa(const From &Val)
isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one of the template type argu...
Definition Casting.h:547
LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT AnalysisKey InnerAnalysisManagerProxy< AnalysisManagerT, IRUnitT, ExtraArgTs... >::Key
AtomicOrdering
Atomic ordering for LLVM's memory model.
LLVM_ABI EVT getApproximateEVTForLLT(LLT Ty, LLVMContext &Ctx)
TargetTransformInfo TTI
CombineLevel
Definition DAGCombine.h:15
@ AfterLegalizeDAG
Definition DAGCombine.h:19
@ AfterLegalizeVectorOps
Definition DAGCombine.h:18
@ BeforeLegalizeTypes
Definition DAGCombine.h:16
uint16_t MCPhysReg
An unsigned integer type large enough to represent all physical registers, but not necessarily virtua...
Definition MCRegister.h:21
bool isInTailCallPosition(const CallBase &Call, const TargetMachine &TM, bool ReturnsFirstArg=false)
Test if the given instruction is in a position to be optimized with a tail-call.
Definition Analysis.cpp:539
DWARFExpression::Operation Op
LLVM_ABI bool isConstFalseVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Definition Utils.cpp:1673
constexpr unsigned BitWidth
OutputIt move(R &&Range, OutputIt Out)
Provide wrappers to std::move which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1915
static cl::opt< unsigned > CostThreshold("dfa-cost-threshold", cl::desc("Maximum cost accepted for the transformation"), cl::Hidden, cl::init(50))
Implement std::hash so that hash_code can be used in STL containers.
Definition BitVector.h:870
#define N
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (non-zero power of two) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:39
constexpr uint64_t value() const
This is a hole in the type system and should not be abused.
Definition Alignment.h:77
Represent subnormal handling kind for floating point instruction inputs and outputs.
Extended Value Type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:35
bool isSimple() const
Test if the given EVT is simple (as opposed to being extended).
Definition ValueTypes.h:137
static EVT getVectorVT(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, unsigned NumElements, bool IsScalable=false)
Returns the EVT that represents a vector NumElements in length, where each element is of type VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:74
bool bitsLT(EVT VT) const
Return true if this has less bits than VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:300
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:147
TypeSize getSizeInBits() const
Return the size of the specified value type in bits.
Definition ValueTypes.h:373
bool isByteSized() const
Return true if the bit size is a multiple of 8.
Definition ValueTypes.h:243
static LLVM_ABI EVT getEVT(Type *Ty, bool HandleUnknown=false)
Return the value type corresponding to the specified type.
MVT getSimpleVT() const
Return the SimpleValueType held in the specified simple EVT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:316
bool isVector() const
Return true if this is a vector value type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:168
bool isExtended() const
Test if the given EVT is extended (as opposed to being simple).
Definition ValueTypes.h:142
bool isScalarInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer, but not a vector.
Definition ValueTypes.h:157
bool isInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer or a vector integer type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:152
ConstraintInfo()=default
Default constructor.
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (power of two) or undefined (0) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:106
bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool allowOverlap() const
bool isFixedDstAlign() const
uint64_t size() const
static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile)
Align getDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const
bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile, bool MemcpyStrSrc=false)
bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isMemset() const
bool isMemcpy() const
bool isMemcpyWithFixedDstAlign() const
bool isZeroMemset() const
Align getSrcAlign() const
A simple container for information about the supported runtime calls.
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl CallImpl)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
These are IR-level optimization flags that may be propagated to SDNodes.
This represents an addressing mode of: BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*...
std::optional< unsigned > fallbackAddressSpace
PointerUnion< const Value *, const PseudoSourceValue * > ptrVal
This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
AsmOperandInfo(InlineAsm::ConstraintInfo Info)
Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
MVT ConstraintVT
The ValueType for the operand value.
TargetLowering::ConstraintType ConstraintType
Information about the constraint code, e.g.
std::string ConstraintCode
This contains the actual string for the code, like "m".
Value * CallOperandVal
If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null, otherwise it is the incoming operand...
This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering calls.
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergent(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDeactivationSymbol(GlobalValue *Sym)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(Type *ResultType, FunctionType *FTy, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, const CallBase &Call)
CallLoweringInfo & setCFIType(const ConstantInt *Type)
CallLoweringInfo & setInRegister(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
SmallVector< ISD::InputArg, 32 > Ins
CallLoweringInfo & setVarArg(bool Value=true)
Type * OrigRetTy
Original unlegalized return type.
std::optional< PtrAuthInfo > PAI
CallLoweringInfo & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setZExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPatchPoint(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDebugLoc(const SDLoc &dl)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
CallLoweringInfo & setTailCall(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPreallocated(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setSExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergenceControlToken(SDValue Token)
SmallVector< ISD::OutputArg, 32 > Outs
Type * RetTy
Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
CallLoweringInfo & setChain(SDValue InChain)
CallLoweringInfo & setPtrAuth(PtrAuthInfo Value)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, AttributeSet ResultAttrs={})
DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setTypeListBeforeSoften(ArrayRef< EVT > OpsVT, EVT RetVT)
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsSigned(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setOpsTypeOverrides(ArrayRef< Type * > OpsTypes)
Override the argument type for an operand.
This structure contains the information necessary for lowering pointer-authenticating indirect calls.
A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for returning information from TargetL...
TargetLoweringOpt(SelectionDAG &InDAG, bool LT, bool LO)